Loading...
1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#include <linux/netdevice.h>
17#include <linux/debugfs.h>
18#include <linux/list.h>
19#include <linux/bug.h>
20#include <linux/netlink.h>
21#include <linux/skbuff.h>
22#include <linux/nl80211.h>
23#include <linux/if_ether.h>
24#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
25#include <linux/net.h>
26#include <net/regulatory.h>
27
28/**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37 *
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39 * use restrictions.
40 */
41
42
43/**
44 * DOC: Device registration
45 *
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * described below.
49 *
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59 *
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63 */
64
65struct wiphy;
66
67/*
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
69 */
70
71/**
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73 *
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
81 * is not permitted.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
83 * is not permitted.
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
89 * restrictions.
90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
94 * restrictions.
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
98 * on this channel.
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100 * on this channel.
101 *
102 */
103enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
106 /* hole at 1<<2 */
107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
117};
118
119#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
121
122#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
123#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
124
125/**
126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
127 *
128 * This structure describes a single channel for use
129 * with cfg80211.
130 *
131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
136 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
143 * @orig_mag: internal use
144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
146 * on this channel.
147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
149 */
150struct ieee80211_channel {
151 enum nl80211_band band;
152 u16 center_freq;
153 u16 hw_value;
154 u32 flags;
155 int max_antenna_gain;
156 int max_power;
157 int max_reg_power;
158 bool beacon_found;
159 u32 orig_flags;
160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
164};
165
166/**
167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
168 *
169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
171 * different bands/PHY modes.
172 *
173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
175 * with CCK rates.
176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
178 * core code when registering the wiphy.
179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181 * core code when registering the wiphy.
182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
184 * core code when registering the wiphy.
185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
188 */
189enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
197};
198
199/**
200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
201 *
202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
207 */
208enum ieee80211_bss_type {
209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
214};
215
216/**
217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
218 *
219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
222 */
223enum ieee80211_privacy {
224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
227};
228
229#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
231
232/**
233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
234 *
235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
238 * passed around.
239 *
240 * @flags: rate-specific flags
241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
244 * short preamble is used
245 */
246struct ieee80211_rate {
247 u32 flags;
248 u16 bitrate;
249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
250};
251
252/**
253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
254 *
255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
257 *
258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
263 */
264struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
266 bool ht_supported;
267 u8 ampdu_factor;
268 u8 ampdu_density;
269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
270};
271
272/**
273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
274 *
275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
277 *
278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
281 */
282struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
283 bool vht_supported;
284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
286};
287
288/**
289 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
290 *
291 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
292 * is able to operate in.
293 *
294 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
295 * in this band.
296 * @band: the band this structure represents
297 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
298 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
299 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
300 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
301 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
302 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
303 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
304 */
305struct ieee80211_supported_band {
306 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
307 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
308 enum nl80211_band band;
309 int n_channels;
310 int n_bitrates;
311 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
312 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
313};
314
315/**
316 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
317 *
318 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
319 *
320 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
321 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
322 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
323 *
324 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
325 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
326 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
327 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
328 * without affecting other devices.
329 *
330 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
331 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
332 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
333 */
334#ifdef CONFIG_OF
335void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
336#else /* CONFIG_OF */
337static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
338{
339}
340#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
341
342
343/*
344 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
345 */
346
347/**
348 * DOC: Actions and configuration
349 *
350 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
351 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
352 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
353 * operations use are described separately.
354 *
355 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
356 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
357 *
358 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
359 * in a separate chapter.
360 */
361
362#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
363 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
364
365/**
366 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
367 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
368 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
369 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
370 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
371 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
372 * determine the address as needed.
373 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
374 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
375 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
376 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
377 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
378 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
379 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
380 */
381struct vif_params {
382 u32 flags;
383 int use_4addr;
384 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
385 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
386 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
387};
388
389/**
390 * struct key_params - key information
391 *
392 * Information about a key
393 *
394 * @key: key material
395 * @key_len: length of key material
396 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
397 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
398 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
399 * length given by @seq_len.
400 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
401 */
402struct key_params {
403 const u8 *key;
404 const u8 *seq;
405 int key_len;
406 int seq_len;
407 u32 cipher;
408};
409
410/**
411 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
412 * @chan: the (control) channel
413 * @width: channel width
414 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
415 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
416 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
417 */
418struct cfg80211_chan_def {
419 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
420 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
421 u32 center_freq1;
422 u32 center_freq2;
423};
424
425/**
426 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
427 * @chandef: the channel definition
428 *
429 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
430 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
431 */
432static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
433cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
434{
435 switch (chandef->width) {
436 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
437 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
438 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
439 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
440 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
441 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
442 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
443 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
444 default:
445 WARN_ON(1);
446 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
447 }
448}
449
450/**
451 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
452 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
453 * @channel: the control channel
454 * @chantype: the channel type
455 *
456 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
457 */
458void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
459 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
460 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
461
462/**
463 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
464 * @chandef1: first channel definition
465 * @chandef2: second channel definition
466 *
467 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
468 * identical, %false otherwise.
469 */
470static inline bool
471cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
472 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
473{
474 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
475 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
476 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
477 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
478}
479
480/**
481 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
482 * @chandef1: first channel definition
483 * @chandef2: second channel definition
484 *
485 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
486 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
487 */
488const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
489cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
490 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
491
492/**
493 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
494 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
495 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
496 */
497bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
498
499/**
500 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
501 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
502 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
503 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
504 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
505 */
506bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
507 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
508 u32 prohibited_flags);
509
510/**
511 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
512 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
513 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
514 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
515 * Returns:
516 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
517 */
518int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
519 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
520 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
521
522/**
523 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
524 *
525 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
526 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
527 *
528 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
529 *
530 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
531 */
532static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
533ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
534{
535 switch (chandef->width) {
536 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
537 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
538 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
539 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
540 default:
541 break;
542 }
543 return 0;
544}
545
546/**
547 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
548 *
549 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
550 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
551 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
552 *
553 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
554 *
555 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
556 */
557static inline int
558ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
559{
560 switch (chandef->width) {
561 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
562 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
563 chandef->chan->max_power);
564 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
565 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
566 chandef->chan->max_power);
567 default:
568 break;
569 }
570 return chandef->chan->max_power;
571}
572
573/**
574 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
575 *
576 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
577 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
578 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
579 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
580 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
581 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
582 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
583 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
584 *
585 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
586 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
587 */
588enum survey_info_flags {
589 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
590 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
591 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
592 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
593 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
594 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
595 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
596 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
597};
598
599/**
600 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
601 *
602 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
603 * record to report global statistics
604 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
605 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
606 * optional
607 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
608 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
609 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
610 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
611 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
612 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
613 *
614 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
615 *
616 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
617 * channel duty cycle etc.
618 */
619struct survey_info {
620 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
621 u64 time;
622 u64 time_busy;
623 u64 time_ext_busy;
624 u64 time_rx;
625 u64 time_tx;
626 u64 time_scan;
627 u32 filled;
628 s8 noise;
629};
630
631#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
632
633/**
634 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
635 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
636 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
637 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
638 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
639 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
640 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
641 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
642 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
643 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
644 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
645 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
646 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
647 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
648 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
649 * protocol frames.
650 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
651 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
652 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
653 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
654 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
655 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
656 */
657struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
658 u32 wpa_versions;
659 u32 cipher_group;
660 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
661 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
662 int n_akm_suites;
663 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
664 bool control_port;
665 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
666 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
667 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
668 struct key_params *wep_keys;
669 int wep_tx_key;
670 const u8 *psk;
671};
672
673/**
674 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
675 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
676 * or %NULL if not changed
677 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
678 * or %NULL if not changed
679 * @head_len: length of @head
680 * @tail_len: length of @tail
681 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
682 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
683 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
684 * frames or %NULL
685 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
686 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
687 * Response frames or %NULL
688 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
689 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
690 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
691 */
692struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
693 const u8 *head, *tail;
694 const u8 *beacon_ies;
695 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
696 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
697 const u8 *probe_resp;
698
699 size_t head_len, tail_len;
700 size_t beacon_ies_len;
701 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
702 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
703 size_t probe_resp_len;
704};
705
706struct mac_address {
707 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
708};
709
710/**
711 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
712 *
713 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
714 * entry specified by mac_addr
715 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
716 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
717 */
718struct cfg80211_acl_data {
719 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
720 int n_acl_entries;
721
722 /* Keep it last */
723 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
724};
725
726/*
727 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
728 */
729struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
730 struct {
731 u32 legacy;
732 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
733 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
734 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
735 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
736};
737
738/**
739 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
740 *
741 * Used to configure an AP interface.
742 *
743 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
744 * @beacon: beacon data
745 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
746 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
747 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
748 * user space)
749 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
750 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
751 * @crypto: crypto settings
752 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
753 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
754 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
755 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
756 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
757 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
758 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
759 * MAC address based access control
760 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
761 * networks.
762 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
763 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
764 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
765 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
766 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
767 */
768struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
769 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
770
771 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
772
773 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
774 const u8 *ssid;
775 size_t ssid_len;
776 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
777 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
778 bool privacy;
779 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
780 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
781 int inactivity_timeout;
782 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
783 bool p2p_opp_ps;
784 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
785 bool pbss;
786 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
787
788 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
789 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
790 bool ht_required, vht_required;
791};
792
793/**
794 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
795 *
796 * Used for channel switch
797 *
798 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
799 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
800 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
801 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
802 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
803 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
804 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
805 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
806 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
807 * @count: number of beacons until switch
808 */
809struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
810 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
811 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
812 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
813 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
814 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
815 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
816 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
817 bool radar_required;
818 bool block_tx;
819 u8 count;
820};
821
822#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
823
824/**
825 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
826 *
827 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
828 *
829 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
830 * to use for verification
831 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
832 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
833 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
834 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
835 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
836 * nl80211_iftype.
837 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
838 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
839 * the verification
840 */
841struct iface_combination_params {
842 int num_different_channels;
843 u8 radar_detect;
844 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
845 u32 new_beacon_int;
846};
847
848/**
849 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
850 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
851 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
852 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
853 *
854 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
855 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
856 */
857enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
858 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
859 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
860 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
861};
862
863/**
864 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
865 *
866 * Used to change and create a new station.
867 *
868 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
869 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
870 * (or NULL for no change)
871 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
872 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
873 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
874 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
875 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
876 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
877 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
878 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
879 * @plink_action: plink action to take
880 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
881 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
882 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
883 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
884 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
885 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
886 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
887 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
888 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
889 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
890 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
891 * to unknown)
892 * @capability: station capability
893 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
894 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
895 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
896 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
897 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
898 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
899 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
900 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
901 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
902 */
903struct station_parameters {
904 const u8 *supported_rates;
905 struct net_device *vlan;
906 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
907 u32 sta_modify_mask;
908 int listen_interval;
909 u16 aid;
910 u16 peer_aid;
911 u8 supported_rates_len;
912 u8 plink_action;
913 u8 plink_state;
914 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
915 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
916 u8 uapsd_queues;
917 u8 max_sp;
918 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
919 u16 capability;
920 const u8 *ext_capab;
921 u8 ext_capab_len;
922 const u8 *supported_channels;
923 u8 supported_channels_len;
924 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
925 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
926 u8 opmode_notif;
927 bool opmode_notif_used;
928 int support_p2p_ps;
929};
930
931/**
932 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
933 *
934 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
935 *
936 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
937 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
938 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
939 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
940 */
941struct station_del_parameters {
942 const u8 *mac;
943 u8 subtype;
944 u16 reason_code;
945};
946
947/**
948 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
949 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
950 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
951 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
952 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
953 * the AP MLME in the device
954 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
955 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
956 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
957 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
958 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
959 * supported/used)
960 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
961 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
962 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
963 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
964 */
965enum cfg80211_station_type {
966 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
967 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
968 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
969 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
970 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
971 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
972 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
973 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
974 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
975};
976
977/**
978 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
979 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
980 * @params: the new parameters for a station
981 * @statype: the type of station being modified
982 *
983 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
984 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
985 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
986 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
987 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
988 */
989int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
990 struct station_parameters *params,
991 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
992
993/**
994 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
995 *
996 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
997 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
998 *
999 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1000 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1001 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1002 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
1003 */
1004enum rate_info_flags {
1005 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1006 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1007 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1008 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3),
1009};
1010
1011/**
1012 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1013 *
1014 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1015 *
1016 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1017 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1018 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1019 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1020 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1021 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1022 */
1023enum rate_info_bw {
1024 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1025 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1026 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1027 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1028 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1029 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1030};
1031
1032/**
1033 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1034 *
1035 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1036 *
1037 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1038 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
1039 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1040 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
1041 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1042 */
1043struct rate_info {
1044 u8 flags;
1045 u8 mcs;
1046 u16 legacy;
1047 u8 nss;
1048 u8 bw;
1049};
1050
1051/**
1052 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1053 *
1054 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1055 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1056 *
1057 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1058 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1059 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1060 */
1061enum bss_param_flags {
1062 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1063 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1064 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1065};
1066
1067/**
1068 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1069 *
1070 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1071 *
1072 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1073 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1074 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1075 */
1076struct sta_bss_parameters {
1077 u8 flags;
1078 u8 dtim_period;
1079 u16 beacon_interval;
1080};
1081
1082/**
1083 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1084 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1085 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1086 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1087 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1088 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1089 * transmitted MSDUs
1090 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1091 */
1092struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1093 u32 filled;
1094 u64 rx_msdu;
1095 u64 tx_msdu;
1096 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1097 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1098};
1099
1100#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1101
1102/**
1103 * struct station_info - station information
1104 *
1105 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1106 *
1107 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1108 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1109 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1110 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1111 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1112 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1113 * @llid: mesh local link id
1114 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1115 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1116 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1117 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1118 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1119 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1120 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1121 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1122 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1123 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1124 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1125 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1126 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1127 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1128 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1129 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1130 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1131 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1132 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1133 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1134 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1135 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1136 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1137 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1138 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1139 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1140 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1141 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1142 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1143 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1144 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1145 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1146 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1147 * towards this station.
1148 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1149 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1150 * from this peer
1151 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1152 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1153 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1154 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1155 */
1156struct station_info {
1157 u64 filled;
1158 u32 connected_time;
1159 u32 inactive_time;
1160 u64 rx_bytes;
1161 u64 tx_bytes;
1162 u16 llid;
1163 u16 plid;
1164 u8 plink_state;
1165 s8 signal;
1166 s8 signal_avg;
1167
1168 u8 chains;
1169 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1170 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1171
1172 struct rate_info txrate;
1173 struct rate_info rxrate;
1174 u32 rx_packets;
1175 u32 tx_packets;
1176 u32 tx_retries;
1177 u32 tx_failed;
1178 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1179 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1180 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1181
1182 int generation;
1183
1184 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1185 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1186
1187 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1188 s64 t_offset;
1189 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1190 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1191 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1192
1193 u32 expected_throughput;
1194
1195 u64 rx_beacon;
1196 u64 rx_duration;
1197 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1198 struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1199 s8 ack_signal;
1200};
1201
1202#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1203/**
1204 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1205 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1206 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1207 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1208 *
1209 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1210 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1211 * considered undefined.
1212 */
1213int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1214 struct station_info *sinfo);
1215#else
1216static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1217 const u8 *mac_addr,
1218 struct station_info *sinfo)
1219{
1220 return -ENOENT;
1221}
1222#endif
1223
1224/**
1225 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1226 *
1227 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1228 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1229 *
1230 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1231 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1232 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1233 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1234 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1235 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1236 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1237 */
1238enum monitor_flags {
1239 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1240 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1241 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1242 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1243 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1244 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1245 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1246};
1247
1248/**
1249 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1250 *
1251 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1252 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1253 *
1254 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1255 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1256 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1257 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1258 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1259 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1260 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1261 */
1262enum mpath_info_flags {
1263 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1264 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1265 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1266 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1267 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1268 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1269 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1270};
1271
1272/**
1273 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1274 *
1275 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1276 *
1277 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1278 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1279 * @sn: target sequence number
1280 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1281 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1282 * @flags: mesh path flags
1283 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1284 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1285 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1286 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1287 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1288 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1289 */
1290struct mpath_info {
1291 u32 filled;
1292 u32 frame_qlen;
1293 u32 sn;
1294 u32 metric;
1295 u32 exptime;
1296 u32 discovery_timeout;
1297 u8 discovery_retries;
1298 u8 flags;
1299
1300 int generation;
1301};
1302
1303/**
1304 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1305 *
1306 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1307 *
1308 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1309 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1310 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1311 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1312 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1313 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1314 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1315 * (or NULL for no change)
1316 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1317 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1318 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1319 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1320 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1321 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1322 */
1323struct bss_parameters {
1324 int use_cts_prot;
1325 int use_short_preamble;
1326 int use_short_slot_time;
1327 const u8 *basic_rates;
1328 u8 basic_rates_len;
1329 int ap_isolate;
1330 int ht_opmode;
1331 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1332};
1333
1334/**
1335 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1336 *
1337 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1338 *
1339 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1340 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1341 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1342 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1343 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1344 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1345 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1346 * mesh interface
1347 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1348 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1349 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1350 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1351 * elements
1352 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1353 * detect compatible mesh peers
1354 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1355 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1356 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1357 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1358 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1359 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1360 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1361 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1362 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1363 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1364 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1365 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1366 * element
1367 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1368 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1369 * element
1370 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1371 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1372 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1373 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1374 * announcements are transmitted
1375 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1376 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1377 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1378 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1379 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1380 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1381 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1382 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1383 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1384 * station to establish a peer link
1385 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1386 *
1387 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1388 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1389 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1390 *
1391 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1392 * PREQs are transmitted.
1393 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1394 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1395 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1396 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1397 * setting for new peer links.
1398 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1399 * after transmitting its beacon.
1400 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1401 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1402 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1403 */
1404struct mesh_config {
1405 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1406 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1407 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1408 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1409 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1410 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1411 u8 element_ttl;
1412 bool auto_open_plinks;
1413 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1414 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1415 u32 path_refresh_time;
1416 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1417 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1418 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1419 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1420 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1421 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1422 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1423 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1424 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1425 s32 rssi_threshold;
1426 u16 ht_opmode;
1427 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1428 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1429 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1430 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1431 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1432 u32 plink_timeout;
1433};
1434
1435/**
1436 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1437 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1438 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1439 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1440 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1441 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1442 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1443 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1444 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1445 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1446 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1447 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1448 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1449 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1450 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1451 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1452 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1453 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1454 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1455 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1456 * to operate on DFS channels.
1457 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1458 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1459 *
1460 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1461 */
1462struct mesh_setup {
1463 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1464 const u8 *mesh_id;
1465 u8 mesh_id_len;
1466 u8 sync_method;
1467 u8 path_sel_proto;
1468 u8 path_metric;
1469 u8 auth_id;
1470 const u8 *ie;
1471 u8 ie_len;
1472 bool is_authenticated;
1473 bool is_secure;
1474 bool user_mpm;
1475 u8 dtim_period;
1476 u16 beacon_interval;
1477 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1478 u32 basic_rates;
1479 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1480 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1481 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1482};
1483
1484/**
1485 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1486 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1487 *
1488 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1489 */
1490struct ocb_setup {
1491 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1492};
1493
1494/**
1495 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1496 * @ac: AC identifier
1497 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1498 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1499 * 1..32767]
1500 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1501 * 1..32767]
1502 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1503 */
1504struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1505 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1506 u16 txop;
1507 u16 cwmin;
1508 u16 cwmax;
1509 u8 aifs;
1510};
1511
1512/**
1513 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1514 *
1515 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1516 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1517 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1518 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1519 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1520 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1521 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1522 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1523 * in the wiphy structure.
1524 *
1525 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1526 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1527 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1528 *
1529 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1530 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1531 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1532 * to userspace.
1533 */
1534
1535/**
1536 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1537 * @ssid: the SSID
1538 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1539 */
1540struct cfg80211_ssid {
1541 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1542 u8 ssid_len;
1543};
1544
1545/**
1546 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1547 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1548 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1549 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
1550 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1551 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1552 * userspace will be notified of that
1553 */
1554struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1555 u64 scan_start_tsf;
1556 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1557 bool aborted;
1558};
1559
1560/**
1561 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1562 *
1563 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1564 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1565 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1566 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1567 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1568 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1569 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1570 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1571 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1572 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1573 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1574 * %duration field.
1575 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1576 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1577 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1578 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1579 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1580 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1581 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1582 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1583 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1584 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1585 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1586 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1587 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1588 */
1589struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1590 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1591 int n_ssids;
1592 u32 n_channels;
1593 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1594 const u8 *ie;
1595 size_t ie_len;
1596 u16 duration;
1597 bool duration_mandatory;
1598 u32 flags;
1599
1600 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1601
1602 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1603
1604 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1605 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1606 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1607
1608 /* internal */
1609 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1610 unsigned long scan_start;
1611 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1612 bool notified;
1613 bool no_cck;
1614
1615 /* keep last */
1616 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1617};
1618
1619static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1620{
1621 int i;
1622
1623 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1624 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1625 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1626 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1627 }
1628}
1629
1630/**
1631 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1632 *
1633 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1634 * or no match (RSSI only)
1635 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1636 * or no match (RSSI only)
1637 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1638 */
1639struct cfg80211_match_set {
1640 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1641 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1642 s32 rssi_thold;
1643};
1644
1645/**
1646 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1647 *
1648 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1649 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1650 * infinite loop.
1651 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1652 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1653 */
1654struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1655 u32 interval;
1656 u32 iterations;
1657};
1658
1659/**
1660 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1661 *
1662 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1663 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1664 */
1665struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1666 enum nl80211_band band;
1667 s8 delta;
1668};
1669
1670/**
1671 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1672 *
1673 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1674 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1675 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1676 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1677 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1678 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1679 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1680 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1681 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1682 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1683 * (others are filtered out).
1684 * If ommited, all results are passed.
1685 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1686 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1687 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1688 * @dev: the interface
1689 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1690 * @channels: channels to scan
1691 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1692 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
1693 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1694 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1695 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1696 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1697 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1698 * index must be executed first.
1699 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1700 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1701 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1702 * owned by a particular socket)
1703 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1704 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1705 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1706 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1707 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1708 * supported.
1709 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1710 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1711 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1712 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1713 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1714 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1715 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1716 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1717 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1718 * comparisions.
1719 */
1720struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1721 u64 reqid;
1722 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1723 int n_ssids;
1724 u32 n_channels;
1725 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1726 const u8 *ie;
1727 size_t ie_len;
1728 u32 flags;
1729 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1730 int n_match_sets;
1731 s32 min_rssi_thold;
1732 u32 delay;
1733 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1734 int n_scan_plans;
1735
1736 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1737 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1738
1739 bool relative_rssi_set;
1740 s8 relative_rssi;
1741 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1742
1743 /* internal */
1744 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1745 struct net_device *dev;
1746 unsigned long scan_start;
1747 bool report_results;
1748 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1749 u32 owner_nlportid;
1750 bool nl_owner_dead;
1751 struct list_head list;
1752
1753 /* keep last */
1754 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1755};
1756
1757/**
1758 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1759 *
1760 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1761 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1762 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1763 */
1764enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1765 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1766 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1767 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1768};
1769
1770/**
1771 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
1772 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
1773 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
1774 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
1775 * signal type
1776 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
1777 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
1778 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
1779 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
1780 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
1781 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1782 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
1783 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
1784 * by %parent_bssid.
1785 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
1786 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
1787 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1788 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1789 */
1790struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
1791 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1792 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1793 s32 signal;
1794 u64 boottime_ns;
1795 u64 parent_tsf;
1796 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1797 u8 chains;
1798 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1799};
1800
1801/**
1802 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
1803 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1804 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
1805 * @len: length of the IEs
1806 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
1807 * @data: IE data
1808 */
1809struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
1810 u64 tsf;
1811 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1812 int len;
1813 bool from_beacon;
1814 u8 data[];
1815};
1816
1817/**
1818 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1819 *
1820 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1821 * for use in scan results and similar.
1822 *
1823 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1824 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1825 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1827 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1828 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
1829 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
1830 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
1831 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
1832 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1833 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
1834 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
1835 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1836 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1837 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
1838 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
1839 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
1840 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
1841 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1842 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1843 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1844 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1845 */
1846struct cfg80211_bss {
1847 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1848 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1849
1850 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
1851 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
1852 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
1853
1854 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
1855
1856 s32 signal;
1857
1858 u16 beacon_interval;
1859 u16 capability;
1860
1861 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1862 u8 chains;
1863 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1864
1865 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1866};
1867
1868/**
1869 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1870 * @bss: the bss to search
1871 * @ie: the IE ID
1872 *
1873 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
1874 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1875 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1876 */
1877const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
1878
1879
1880/**
1881 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1882 *
1883 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1884 * authentication.
1885 *
1886 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
1887 * to it if it needs to keep it.
1888 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1889 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1890 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1891 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1892 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1893 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1894 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
1895 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
1896 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
1897 * transaction sequence number field.
1898 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
1899 */
1900struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1901 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1902 const u8 *ie;
1903 size_t ie_len;
1904 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1905 const u8 *key;
1906 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1907 const u8 *auth_data;
1908 size_t auth_data_len;
1909};
1910
1911/**
1912 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1913 *
1914 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
1915 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
1916 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
1917 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
1918 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
1919 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
1920 * request (connect callback).
1921 */
1922enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1923 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
1924 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
1925 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
1926 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
1927};
1928
1929/**
1930 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1931 *
1932 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1933 * (re)association.
1934 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
1935 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
1936 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
1937 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
1938 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1939 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1940 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1941 * @crypto: crypto settings
1942 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
1943 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
1944 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
1945 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
1946 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
1947 * frame.
1948 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1949 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1950 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1951 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1952 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
1953 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1954 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
1955 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
1956 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
1957 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
1958 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
1959 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1960 */
1961struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1962 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1963 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1964 size_t ie_len;
1965 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1966 bool use_mfp;
1967 u32 flags;
1968 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1969 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1970 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1971 const u8 *fils_kek;
1972 size_t fils_kek_len;
1973 const u8 *fils_nonces;
1974};
1975
1976/**
1977 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1978 *
1979 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1980 * deauthentication.
1981 *
1982 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1983 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1984 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1985 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1986 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
1987 * do not set a deauth frame
1988 */
1989struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1990 const u8 *bssid;
1991 const u8 *ie;
1992 size_t ie_len;
1993 u16 reason_code;
1994 bool local_state_change;
1995};
1996
1997/**
1998 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1999 *
2000 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2001 * disassociation.
2002 *
2003 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2004 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2005 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2006 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2007 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2008 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2009 */
2010struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2011 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2012 const u8 *ie;
2013 size_t ie_len;
2014 u16 reason_code;
2015 bool local_state_change;
2016};
2017
2018/**
2019 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2020 *
2021 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2022 * method.
2023 *
2024 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2025 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2026 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2027 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2029 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2030 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2031 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2032 * @ie_len: length of that
2033 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2034 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2035 * after joining
2036 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2037 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2038 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2039 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2040 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2041 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2042 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2043 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2044 * to operate on DFS channels.
2045 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2046 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2047 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2048 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2049 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2050 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2051 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2052 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2053 */
2054struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2055 const u8 *ssid;
2056 const u8 *bssid;
2057 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2058 const u8 *ie;
2059 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2060 u16 beacon_interval;
2061 u32 basic_rates;
2062 bool channel_fixed;
2063 bool privacy;
2064 bool control_port;
2065 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2066 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2067 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2068 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2069 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2070 struct key_params *wep_keys;
2071 int wep_tx_key;
2072};
2073
2074/**
2075 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2076 *
2077 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2078 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2079 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2080 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2081 */
2082struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2083 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2084 union {
2085 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2086 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2087 } param;
2088};
2089
2090/**
2091 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2092 *
2093 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2094 * authentication and association.
2095 *
2096 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2097 * on scan results)
2098 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2099 * %NULL if not specified
2100 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2101 * results)
2102 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2103 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2104 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2105 * to use.
2106 * @ssid: SSID
2107 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2108 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2109 * @ie: IEs for association request
2110 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2111 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2112 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2113 * @crypto: crypto settings
2114 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2115 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2116 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2117 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2118 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2119 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2120 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2121 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2122 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2123 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2124 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2125 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2126 * networks.
2127 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2128 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2129 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2130 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2131 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2132 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2133 * frame.
2134 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2135 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2136 * data IE.
2137 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2138 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2139 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2140 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2141 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2142 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2143 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2144 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2145 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2146 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2147 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2148 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2149 */
2150struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2151 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2152 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2153 const u8 *bssid;
2154 const u8 *bssid_hint;
2155 const u8 *ssid;
2156 size_t ssid_len;
2157 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2158 const u8 *ie;
2159 size_t ie_len;
2160 bool privacy;
2161 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2162 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2163 const u8 *key;
2164 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2165 u32 flags;
2166 int bg_scan_period;
2167 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2168 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2169 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2170 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2171 bool pbss;
2172 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2173 const u8 *prev_bssid;
2174 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2175 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2176 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2177 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2178 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2179 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2180 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2181 bool want_1x;
2182};
2183
2184/**
2185 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2186 *
2187 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2188 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2189 *
2190 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2191 */
2192enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2193 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2194};
2195
2196/**
2197 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2198 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2199 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2200 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2201 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2202 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2203 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2204 */
2205enum wiphy_params_flags {
2206 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2207 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2208 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2209 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2210 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2211 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2212};
2213
2214/**
2215 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2216 *
2217 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2218 * caching.
2219 *
2220 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2221 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2222 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2223 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2224 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2225 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2226 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2227 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2228 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2229 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2230 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2231 * %NULL).
2232 */
2233struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2234 const u8 *bssid;
2235 const u8 *pmkid;
2236 const u8 *pmk;
2237 size_t pmk_len;
2238 const u8 *ssid;
2239 size_t ssid_len;
2240 const u8 *cache_id;
2241};
2242
2243/**
2244 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2245 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2246 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2247 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2248 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2249 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2250 *
2251 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2252 * memory, free @mask only!
2253 */
2254struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2255 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2256 int pattern_len;
2257 int pkt_offset;
2258};
2259
2260/**
2261 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2262 *
2263 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2264 * @src: source IP address
2265 * @dst: destination IP address
2266 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2267 * @src_port: source port
2268 * @dst_port: destination port
2269 * @payload_len: data payload length
2270 * @payload: data payload buffer
2271 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2272 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2273 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2274 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2275 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2276 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2277 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2278 */
2279struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2280 struct socket *sock;
2281 __be32 src, dst;
2282 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2283 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2284 int payload_len;
2285 const u8 *payload;
2286 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2287 u32 data_interval;
2288 u32 wake_len;
2289 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2290 u32 tokens_size;
2291 /* must be last, variable member */
2292 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2293};
2294
2295/**
2296 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2297 *
2298 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2299 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2300 * operating as normal during suspend
2301 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2302 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2303 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2304 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2305 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2306 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2307 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2308 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2309 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2310 * NULL if not configured.
2311 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2312 */
2313struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2314 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2315 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2316 rfkill_release;
2317 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2318 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2319 int n_patterns;
2320 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2321};
2322
2323/**
2324 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2325 *
2326 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2327 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2328 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2329 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2330 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2331 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2332 */
2333struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2334 int delay;
2335 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2336 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2337 int n_patterns;
2338};
2339
2340/**
2341 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2342 *
2343 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2344 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2345 * @n_rules: number of rules
2346 */
2347struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2348 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2349 int n_rules;
2350};
2351
2352/**
2353 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2354 *
2355 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2356 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2357 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2358 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2359 * occurred (in MHz)
2360 */
2361struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2362 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2363 int n_channels;
2364 u32 channels[];
2365};
2366
2367/**
2368 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2369 *
2370 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2371 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2372 * match information.
2373 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2374 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2375 */
2376struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2377 int n_matches;
2378 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2379};
2380
2381/**
2382 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2383 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2384 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2385 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2386 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2387 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2388 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2389 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2390 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2391 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2392 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2393 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2394 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2395 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2396 * it is.
2397 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2398 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2399 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2400 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2401 */
2402struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2403 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2404 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2405 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2406 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2407 s32 pattern_idx;
2408 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2409 const void *packet;
2410 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2411};
2412
2413/**
2414 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2415 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2416 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2417 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2418 */
2419struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2420 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2421};
2422
2423/**
2424 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2425 *
2426 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2427 *
2428 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2429 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2430 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2431 */
2432struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2433 u16 md;
2434 const u8 *ie;
2435 size_t ie_len;
2436};
2437
2438/**
2439 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2440 *
2441 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2442 *
2443 * @chan: channel to use
2444 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2445 * @wait: duration for ROC
2446 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2447 * @len: buffer length
2448 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2449 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2450 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2451 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2452 */
2453struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2454 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2455 bool offchan;
2456 unsigned int wait;
2457 const u8 *buf;
2458 size_t len;
2459 bool no_cck;
2460 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2461 int n_csa_offsets;
2462 const u16 *csa_offsets;
2463};
2464
2465/**
2466 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2467 *
2468 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2469 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2470 */
2471struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2472 u8 dscp;
2473 u8 up;
2474};
2475
2476/**
2477 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2478 *
2479 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2480 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2481 */
2482struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2483 u8 low;
2484 u8 high;
2485};
2486
2487/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2488#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2489#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2490#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2491 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2492
2493/**
2494 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2495 *
2496 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2497 *
2498 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2499 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2500 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2501 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2502 */
2503struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2504 u8 num_des;
2505 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2506 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2507};
2508
2509/**
2510 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2511 *
2512 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2513 *
2514 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2515 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2516 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2517 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2518 */
2519struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2520 u8 master_pref;
2521 u8 bands;
2522};
2523
2524/**
2525 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2526 * configuration
2527 *
2528 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2529 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2530 */
2531enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2532 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2533 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2534};
2535
2536/**
2537 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2538 *
2539 * @filter: the content of the filter
2540 * @len: the length of the filter
2541 */
2542struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2543 const u8 *filter;
2544 u8 len;
2545};
2546
2547/**
2548 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2549 *
2550 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2551 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2552 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2553 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2554 * implementation specific.
2555 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2556 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2557 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2558 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2559 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2560 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2561 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2562 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2563 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2564 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2565 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2566 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2567 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2568 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2569 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2570 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2571 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2572 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2573 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2574 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2575 */
2576struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2577 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2578 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2579 u8 publish_type;
2580 bool close_range;
2581 bool publish_bcast;
2582 bool subscribe_active;
2583 u8 followup_id;
2584 u8 followup_reqid;
2585 struct mac_address followup_dest;
2586 u32 ttl;
2587 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2588 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2589 bool srf_include;
2590 const u8 *srf_bf;
2591 u8 srf_bf_len;
2592 u8 srf_bf_idx;
2593 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2594 int srf_num_macs;
2595 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2596 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2597 u8 num_tx_filters;
2598 u8 num_rx_filters;
2599 u8 instance_id;
2600 u64 cookie;
2601};
2602
2603/**
2604 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2605 *
2606 * @aa: authenticator address
2607 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2608 * @pmk: the PMK material
2609 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2610 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2611 * holds PMK-R0.
2612 */
2613struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2614 const u8 *aa;
2615 u8 pmk_len;
2616 const u8 *pmk;
2617 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2618};
2619
2620/**
2621 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2622 *
2623 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2624 *
2625 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2626 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2627 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2628 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2629 * authentication response command interface.
2630 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
2631 * authentication response command interface.
2632 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2633 * authentication request event interface.
2634 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2635 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2636 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2637 * response command interface (user space to driver).
2638 */
2639struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2640 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2641 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2642 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2643 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2644 u16 status;
2645};
2646
2647/**
2648 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
2649 *
2650 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
2651 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
2652 *
2653 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
2654 * on success or a negative error code.
2655 *
2656 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
2657 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
2658 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
2659 *
2660 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
2661 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
2662 * configured for the device.
2663 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2664 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
2665 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
2666 * the device.
2667 *
2668 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2669 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2670 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2671 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
2672 * also set the address member in the wdev.
2673 *
2674 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
2675 *
2676 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
2677 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
2678 *
2679 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
2680 * when adding a group key.
2681 *
2682 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
2683 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
2684 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2685 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
2686 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
2687 *
2688 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2689 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
2690 *
2691 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
2692 *
2693 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
2694 *
2695 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
2696 *
2697 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
2698 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
2699 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
2700 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2701 *
2702 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2703 * @del_station: Remove a station
2704 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
2705 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
2706 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2707 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
2708 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
2709 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
2710 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2711 *
2712 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
2713 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
2714 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
2715 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
2716 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2717 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
2718 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2719 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2720 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2721 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2722 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2723 *
2724 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2725 *
2726 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2727 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
2728 * set, and which to leave alone.
2729 *
2730 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2731 *
2732 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2733 *
2734 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
2735 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
2736 * join the mesh instead.
2737 *
2738 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
2739 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
2740 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
2741 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2742 *
2743 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
2744 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
2745 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
2746 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2747 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
2748 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
2749 *
2750 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2751 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2752 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2753 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2754 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2755 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2756 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2757 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2758 *
2759 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2760 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
2761 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
2762 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
2763 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
2764 * was received.
2765 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
2766 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
2767 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
2768 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
2769 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
2770 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
2771 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
2772 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
2773 * indication of requesting reassociation.
2774 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
2775 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
2776 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2777 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
2778 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
2779 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
2780 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
2781 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
2782 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
2783 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
2784 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2785 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
2786 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
2787 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
2788 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
2789 *
2790 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
2791 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
2792 * to a merge.
2793 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2794 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2795 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2796 *
2797 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
2798 * MESH mode)
2799 *
2800 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
2801 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
2802 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
2803 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2804 *
2805 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2806 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
2807 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
2808 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
2809 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2810 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
2811 * return 0 if successful
2812 *
2813 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
2814 *
2815 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
2816 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2817 *
2818 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
2819 *
2820 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
2821 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
2822 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
2823 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
2824 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
2825 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
2826 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
2827 * the duration value.
2828 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
2829 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
2830 * frame on another channel
2831 *
2832 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
2833 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
2834 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
2835 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
2836 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
2837 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
2838 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
2839 *
2840 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
2841 *
2842 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
2843 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
2844 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
2845 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
2846 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2847 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
2848 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2849 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2850 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
2851 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
2852 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
2853 * disabled.)
2854 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
2855 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
2856 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
2857 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
2858 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
2859 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
2860 * thresholds.
2861 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2862 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
2863 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
2864 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
2865 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
2866 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
2867 * stop (when this method returns 0).
2868 *
2869 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2870 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
2871 *
2872 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2873 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2874 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2875 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2876 *
2877 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2878 *
2879 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
2880 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
2881 *
2882 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
2883 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2884 *
2885 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2886 *
2887 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
2888 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
2889 * current monitoring channel.
2890 *
2891 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
2892 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2893 *
2894 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
2895 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
2896 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
2897 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
2898 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
2899 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2900 *
2901 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2902 *
2903 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
2904 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
2905 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2906 *
2907 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
2908 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
2909 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
2910 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
2911 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
2912 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2913 *
2914 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
2915 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
2916 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
2917 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
2918 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
2919 * as soon as possible.
2920 *
2921 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2922 *
2923 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
2924 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
2925 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
2926 *
2927 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
2928 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
2929 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
2930 * account.
2931 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
2932 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
2933 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
2934 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
2935 * rejected)
2936 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
2937 *
2938 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
2939 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2940 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
2941 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2942 *
2943 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
2944 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
2945 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
2946 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
2947 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
2948 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
2949 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
2950 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
2951 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
2952 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
2953 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
2954 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
2955 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
2956 * provided @nan_func.
2957 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
2958 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
2959 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
2960 * All other parameters must be ignored.
2961 *
2962 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
2963 *
2964 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
2965 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
2966 * upon which the driver should clear it.
2967 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2968 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
2969 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2970 *
2971 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
2972 * user space
2973 *
2974 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
2975 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
2976 */
2977struct cfg80211_ops {
2978 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
2979 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2980 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
2981
2982 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2983 const char *name,
2984 unsigned char name_assign_type,
2985 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2986 struct vif_params *params);
2987 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2988 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2989 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2990 struct net_device *dev,
2991 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2992 struct vif_params *params);
2993
2994 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2995 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2996 struct key_params *params);
2997 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2998 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2999 void *cookie,
3000 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3001 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3002 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3003 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3004 struct net_device *netdev,
3005 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3006 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3007 struct net_device *netdev,
3008 u8 key_index);
3009
3010 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3011 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3012 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3013 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3014 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3015
3016
3017 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3018 const u8 *mac,
3019 struct station_parameters *params);
3020 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3021 struct station_del_parameters *params);
3022 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3023 const u8 *mac,
3024 struct station_parameters *params);
3025 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3026 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3027 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3028 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3029
3030 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3031 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3032 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3033 const u8 *dst);
3034 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3035 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3036 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3037 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3038 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3039 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3040 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3041 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3042 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3043 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3044 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3045 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3046 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3047 struct net_device *dev,
3048 struct mesh_config *conf);
3049 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3050 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3051 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3052 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3053 const struct mesh_config *conf,
3054 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3055 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3056
3057 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3058 struct ocb_setup *setup);
3059 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3060
3061 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3062 struct bss_parameters *params);
3063
3064 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3065 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3066
3067 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3068 struct net_device *dev,
3069 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3070
3071 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3072 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3073
3074 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3075 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3076 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3077
3078 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3079 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3080 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3081 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3082 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3083 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3084 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3085 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3086
3087 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3088 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3089 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3090 struct net_device *dev,
3091 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3092 u32 changed);
3093 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3094 u16 reason_code);
3095
3096 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3097 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3098 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3099
3100 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3101 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3102
3103 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3104
3105 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3106 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3107 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3108 int *dbm);
3109
3110 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3111 const u8 *addr);
3112
3113 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3114
3115#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3116 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3117 void *data, int len);
3118 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3119 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3120 void *data, int len);
3121#endif
3122
3123 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3124 struct net_device *dev,
3125 const u8 *peer,
3126 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3127
3128 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3129 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3130
3131 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3132 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3133 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3134 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3135 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3136
3137 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3138 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3139 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3140 unsigned int duration,
3141 u64 *cookie);
3142 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3143 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3144 u64 cookie);
3145
3146 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3147 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3148 u64 *cookie);
3149 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3150 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3151 u64 cookie);
3152
3153 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3154 bool enabled, int timeout);
3155
3156 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3157 struct net_device *dev,
3158 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3159
3160 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3161 struct net_device *dev,
3162 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3163
3164 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3165 struct net_device *dev,
3166 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3167
3168 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3169 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3170 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3171
3172 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3173 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3174
3175 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3176 struct net_device *dev,
3177 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3178 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3179 u64 reqid);
3180
3181 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3182 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3183
3184 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3185 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
3186 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3187 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3188 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3189 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3190
3191 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3192 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3193
3194 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3195 struct net_device *dev,
3196 u16 noack_map);
3197
3198 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3199 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3200 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3201
3202 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3203 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3204 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3205 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3206
3207 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3208 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3209
3210 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3211 struct net_device *dev,
3212 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3213 u32 cac_time_ms);
3214 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3215 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3216 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3217 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3218 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3219 u16 duration);
3220 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3221 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3222 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3223 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3224
3225 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3226 struct net_device *dev,
3227 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3228
3229 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3230 struct net_device *dev,
3231 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3232
3233 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3234 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3235
3236 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3237 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3238 u16 admitted_time);
3239 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3240 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3241
3242 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3243 struct net_device *dev,
3244 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3245 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3246 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3247 struct net_device *dev,
3248 const u8 *addr);
3249 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3250 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3251 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3252 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3253 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3254 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3255 u64 cookie);
3256 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3257 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3258 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3259 u32 changes);
3260
3261 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3262 struct net_device *dev,
3263 const bool enabled);
3264
3265 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3266 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3267 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3268 const u8 *aa);
3269 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3270 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3271
3272 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3273 struct net_device *dev,
3274 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3275 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3276 const bool noencrypt);
3277};
3278
3279/*
3280 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3281 * and registration/helper functions
3282 */
3283
3284/**
3285 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3286 *
3287 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3288 * wiphy at all
3289 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3290 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3291 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3292 * reason to override the default
3293 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3294 * on a VLAN interface)
3295 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3296 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3297 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3298 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3299 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3300 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3301 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3302 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3303 * firmware.
3304 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3305 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3306 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3307 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3308 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3309 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3310 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3311 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3312 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3313 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3314 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3315 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3316 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3317 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3318 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3319 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3320 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3321 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3322 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3323 * before connection.
3324 */
3325enum wiphy_flags {
3326 /* use hole at 0 */
3327 /* use hole at 1 */
3328 /* use hole at 2 */
3329 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
3330 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
3331 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
3332 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
3333 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
3334 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
3335 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
3336 /* use hole at 11 */
3337 /* use hole at 12 */
3338 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
3339 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
3340 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
3341 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
3342 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
3343 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
3344 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
3345 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
3346 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
3347 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
3348 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
3349 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
3350};
3351
3352/**
3353 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3354 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3355 * @types: interface types (bits)
3356 */
3357struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3358 u16 max;
3359 u16 types;
3360};
3361
3362/**
3363 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3364 *
3365 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3366 * combinations it supports concurrently.
3367 *
3368 * Examples:
3369 *
3370 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3371 *
3372 * .. code-block:: c
3373 *
3374 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3375 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3376 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3377 * };
3378 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3379 * .limits = limits1,
3380 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3381 * .max_interfaces = 2,
3382 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3383 * };
3384 *
3385 *
3386 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3387 *
3388 * .. code-block:: c
3389 *
3390 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3391 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3392 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3393 * };
3394 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3395 * .limits = limits2,
3396 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3397 * .max_interfaces = 8,
3398 * .num_different_channels = 1,
3399 * };
3400 *
3401 *
3402 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3403 *
3404 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3405 *
3406 * .. code-block:: c
3407 *
3408 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3409 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3410 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3411 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3412 * };
3413 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3414 * .limits = limits3,
3415 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3416 * .max_interfaces = 4,
3417 * .num_different_channels = 2,
3418 * };
3419 *
3420 */
3421struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3422 /**
3423 * @limits:
3424 * limits for the given interface types
3425 */
3426 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * @num_different_channels:
3430 * can use up to this many different channels
3431 */
3432 u32 num_different_channels;
3433
3434 /**
3435 * @max_interfaces:
3436 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3437 */
3438 u16 max_interfaces;
3439
3440 /**
3441 * @n_limits:
3442 * number of limitations
3443 */
3444 u8 n_limits;
3445
3446 /**
3447 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3448 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3449 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3450 */
3451 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3452
3453 /**
3454 * @radar_detect_widths:
3455 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
3456 */
3457 u8 radar_detect_widths;
3458
3459 /**
3460 * @radar_detect_regions:
3461 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
3462 */
3463 u8 radar_detect_regions;
3464
3465 /**
3466 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
3467 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
3468 *
3469 * = 0
3470 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
3471 * > 0
3472 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
3473 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
3474 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
3475 */
3476 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
3477};
3478
3479struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
3480 u16 tx, rx;
3481};
3482
3483/**
3484 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
3485 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
3486 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
3487 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
3488 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
3489 * packet should be preserved in that case
3490 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
3491 * (see nl80211.h)
3492 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
3493 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
3494 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
3495 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
3496 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
3497 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
3498 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
3499 */
3500enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
3501 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
3502 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
3503 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
3504 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
3505 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
3506 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
3507 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
3508 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
3509 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
3510};
3511
3512struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
3513 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
3514 u32 data_payload_max;
3515 u32 data_interval_max;
3516 u32 wake_payload_max;
3517 bool seq;
3518};
3519
3520/**
3521 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
3522 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
3523 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
3524 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3525 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3526 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3527 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3528 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
3529 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
3530 * scheduled scans.
3531 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
3532 * details.
3533 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
3534 */
3535struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
3536 u32 flags;
3537 int n_patterns;
3538 int pattern_max_len;
3539 int pattern_min_len;
3540 int max_pkt_offset;
3541 int max_nd_match_sets;
3542 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
3543};
3544
3545/**
3546 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
3547 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
3548 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
3549 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
3550 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3551 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3552 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3553 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3554 */
3555struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
3556 int n_rules;
3557 int max_delay;
3558 int n_patterns;
3559 int pattern_max_len;
3560 int pattern_min_len;
3561 int max_pkt_offset;
3562};
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
3566 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
3567 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
3568 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
3569 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
3570 */
3571enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
3572 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
3573 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
3574 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
3575};
3576
3577/**
3578 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
3579 *
3580 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
3581 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
3582 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
3583 *
3584 */
3585enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
3586 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3587 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
3588 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
3589};
3590
3591/**
3592 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
3593 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
3594 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
3595 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
3596 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
3597 */
3598
3599struct sta_opmode_info {
3600 u32 changed;
3601 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
3602 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
3603 u8 rx_nss;
3604};
3605
3606/**
3607 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
3608 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
3609 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
3610 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
3611 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
3612 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
3613 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
3614 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
3615 * dumpit calls.
3616 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
3617 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
3618 * are used with dump requests.
3619 */
3620struct wiphy_vendor_command {
3621 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
3622 u32 flags;
3623 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3624 const void *data, int data_len);
3625 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3626 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
3627 unsigned long *storage);
3628};
3629
3630/**
3631 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
3632 * @iftype: interface type
3633 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3634 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
3635 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
3636 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
3637 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
3638 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3639 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3640 */
3641struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
3642 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
3643 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
3644 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
3645 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3646};
3647
3648/**
3649 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
3650 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
3651 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
3652 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
3653 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
3654 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
3655 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
3656 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
3657 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
3658 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
3659 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
3660 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
3661 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
3662 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
3663 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
3664 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
3665 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
3666 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
3667 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
3668 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
3669 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
3670 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
3671 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
3672 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
3673 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
3674 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
3675 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
3676 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
3677 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
3678 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
3679 * unregister hardware
3680 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
3681 * automatically on wiphy renames
3682 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
3683 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
3684 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
3685 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
3686 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
3687 * must be set by driver
3688 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
3689 * list single interface types.
3690 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
3691 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
3692 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
3693 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
3694 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
3695 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
3696 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
3697 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
3698 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
3699 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
3700 * this variable determines its size
3701 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
3702 * any given scan
3703 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
3704 * the device can run concurrently.
3705 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
3706 * for in any given scheduled scan
3707 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
3708 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
3709 * supported.
3710 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
3711 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
3712 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
3713 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
3714 * scans
3715 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
3716 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
3717 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
3718 * single scan plan supported by the device.
3719 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
3720 * scan plan supported by the device.
3721 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
3722 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
3723 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
3724 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
3725 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
3726 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
3727 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
3728 *
3729 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
3730 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
3731 * type
3732 *
3733 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3734 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3735 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
3736 *
3737 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3738 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3739 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
3740 *
3741 * @probe_resp_offload:
3742 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
3743 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3744 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3745 *
3746 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
3747 * may request, if implemented.
3748 *
3749 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
3750 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
3751 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
3752 * to the suspend() operation instead.
3753 *
3754 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
3755 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
3756 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3757 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
3758 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3759 *
3760 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
3761 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
3762 *
3763 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
3764 * supports for ACL.
3765 *
3766 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3767 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
3768 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
3769 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
3770 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
3771 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
3772 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
3773 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3774 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3775 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
3776 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
3777 * capabilities are specified separately.
3778 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
3779 *
3780 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
3781 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
3782 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
3783 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
3784 *
3785 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
3786 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
3787 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
3788 * some cases, but may not always reach.
3789 *
3790 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
3791 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
3792 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
3793 * infinite.
3794 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
3795 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
3796 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
3797 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
3798 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
3799 * This value should be set in MHz.
3800 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
3801 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
3802 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
3803 *
3804 * @cookie_counter: unique generic cookie counter, used to identify objects.
3805 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
3806 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
3807 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3808 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3809 */
3810struct wiphy {
3811 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
3812
3813 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
3814 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3815 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
3816
3817 struct mac_address *addresses;
3818
3819 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
3820
3821 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
3822 int n_iface_combinations;
3823 u16 software_iftypes;
3824
3825 u16 n_addresses;
3826
3827 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
3828 u16 interface_modes;
3829
3830 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
3831
3832 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
3833 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
3834
3835 u32 ap_sme_capa;
3836
3837 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
3838
3839 int bss_priv_size;
3840 u8 max_scan_ssids;
3841 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
3842 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
3843 u8 max_match_sets;
3844 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
3845 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
3846 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
3847 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
3848 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
3849
3850 int n_cipher_suites;
3851 const u32 *cipher_suites;
3852
3853 u8 retry_short;
3854 u8 retry_long;
3855 u32 frag_threshold;
3856 u32 rts_threshold;
3857 u8 coverage_class;
3858
3859 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
3860 u32 hw_version;
3861
3862#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3863 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
3864 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
3865#endif
3866
3867 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
3868
3869 u8 max_num_pmkids;
3870
3871 u32 available_antennas_tx;
3872 u32 available_antennas_rx;
3873
3874 /*
3875 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
3876 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3877 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3878 */
3879 u32 probe_resp_offload;
3880
3881 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
3882 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3883
3884 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
3885 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
3886
3887 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
3888 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
3889 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
3890 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
3891 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
3892 const void *privid;
3893
3894 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
3895
3896 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
3897 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3898 struct regulatory_request *request);
3899
3900 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
3901
3902 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
3903
3904 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
3905 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
3906 struct device dev;
3907
3908 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
3909 bool registered;
3910
3911 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
3912 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
3913
3914 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3915 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3916
3917 struct list_head wdev_list;
3918
3919 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3920 possible_net_t _net;
3921
3922#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3923 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
3924#endif
3925
3926 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
3927
3928 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3929 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
3930 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
3931
3932 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
3933
3934 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
3935 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
3936
3937 u32 bss_select_support;
3938
3939 u64 cookie_counter;
3940
3941 u8 nan_supported_bands;
3942
3943 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
3944};
3945
3946static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3947{
3948 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3949}
3950
3951static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
3952{
3953 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3954}
3955
3956/**
3957 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
3958 *
3959 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3960 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
3961 */
3962static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3963{
3964 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
3965 return &wiphy->priv;
3966}
3967
3968/**
3969 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
3970 *
3971 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3972 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3973 */
3974static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
3975{
3976 BUG_ON(!priv);
3977 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
3978}
3979
3980/**
3981 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
3982 *
3983 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
3984 * @dev: The device to parent it to
3985 */
3986static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
3987{
3988 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
3989}
3990
3991/**
3992 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
3993 *
3994 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3995 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
3996 */
3997static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3998{
3999 return wiphy->dev.parent;
4000}
4001
4002/**
4003 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4004 *
4005 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4006 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4007 */
4008static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4009{
4010 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4011}
4012
4013/**
4014 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4015 *
4016 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4017 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4018 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4019 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4020 *
4021 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4022 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4023 *
4024 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4025 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4026 */
4027struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4028 const char *requested_name);
4029
4030/**
4031 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4032 *
4033 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4034 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4035 *
4036 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4037 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4038 *
4039 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4040 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4041 */
4042static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4043 int sizeof_priv)
4044{
4045 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4046}
4047
4048/**
4049 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4050 *
4051 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4052 *
4053 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4054 */
4055int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4056
4057/**
4058 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4059 *
4060 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4061 *
4062 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4063 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4064 * request that is being handled.
4065 */
4066void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4067
4068/**
4069 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4070 *
4071 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4072 */
4073void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4074
4075/* internal structs */
4076struct cfg80211_conn;
4077struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4078struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4079struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4080
4081/**
4082 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4083 *
4084 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4085 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4086 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4087 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4088 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4089 *
4090 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4091 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4092 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4093 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4094 *
4095 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4096 * @iftype: interface type
4097 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4098 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4099 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4100 * wireless device if it has no netdev
4101 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4102 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4103 * the user-set channel definition.
4104 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4105 * track the channel to be used for AP later
4106 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4107 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4108 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4109 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4110 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4111 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4112 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4113 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4114 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4115 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
4116 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4117 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4118 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4119 * and some API functions require it held
4120 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4121 * beacons, 0 when not valid
4122 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4123 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4124 * the P2P Device.
4125 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4126 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4127 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4128 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4129 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4130 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4131 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4132 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4133 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4134 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4135 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4136 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4137 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4138 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4139 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4140 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4141 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4142 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4143 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4144 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4145 */
4146struct wireless_dev {
4147 struct wiphy *wiphy;
4148 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4149
4150 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4151 struct list_head list;
4152 struct net_device *netdev;
4153
4154 u32 identifier;
4155
4156 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4157 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4158
4159 struct mutex mtx;
4160
4161 bool use_4addr, is_running;
4162
4163 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4164
4165 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4166 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4167 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4168 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4169 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4170 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4171 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4172
4173 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4174 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4175
4176 struct list_head event_list;
4177 spinlock_t event_lock;
4178
4179 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4180 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4181 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4182
4183 bool ibss_fixed;
4184 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4185
4186 bool ps;
4187 int ps_timeout;
4188
4189 int beacon_interval;
4190
4191 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4192
4193 u32 owner_nlportid;
4194 bool nl_owner_dead;
4195
4196 bool cac_started;
4197 unsigned long cac_start_time;
4198 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4199
4200#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4201 /* wext data */
4202 struct {
4203 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4204 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4205 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4206 const u8 *ie;
4207 size_t ie_len;
4208 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4209 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4210 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4211 bool prev_bssid_valid;
4212 } wext;
4213#endif
4214
4215 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4216};
4217
4218static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4219{
4220 if (wdev->netdev)
4221 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4222 return wdev->address;
4223}
4224
4225static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4226{
4227 if (wdev->netdev)
4228 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4229 return wdev->is_running;
4230}
4231
4232/**
4233 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4234 *
4235 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4236 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4237 */
4238static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4239{
4240 BUG_ON(!wdev);
4241 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4242}
4243
4244/**
4245 * DOC: Utility functions
4246 *
4247 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4248 */
4249
4250/**
4251 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4252 * @chan: channel number
4253 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4254 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4255 */
4256int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
4257
4258/**
4259 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4260 * @freq: center frequency
4261 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4262 */
4263int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
4264
4265/**
4266 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4267 *
4268 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4269 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4270 *
4271 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4272 */
4273struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
4274
4275/**
4276 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4277 *
4278 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4279 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4280 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4281 *
4282 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4283 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4284 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4285 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4286 */
4287struct ieee80211_rate *
4288ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4289 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4290
4291/**
4292 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4293 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4294 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4295 *
4296 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4297 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4298 */
4299u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4300 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4301
4302/*
4303 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4304 *
4305 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4306 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4307 */
4308
4309struct radiotap_align_size {
4310 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4311};
4312
4313struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4314 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4315 int n_bits;
4316 uint32_t oui;
4317 uint8_t subns;
4318};
4319
4320struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4321 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4322 int n_ns;
4323};
4324
4325/**
4326 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4327 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4328 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4329 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4330 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4331 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4332 * the beginning of the actual data portion
4333 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4334 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4335 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4336 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4337 * radiotap namespace or not
4338 *
4339 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4340 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4341 * @_arg_index: next argument index
4342 * @_arg: next argument pointer
4343 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4344 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4345 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4346 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4347 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4348 * next bitmap word
4349 *
4350 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4351 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4352 */
4353
4354struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4355 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4356 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4357 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4358
4359 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4360 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
4361
4362 unsigned char *this_arg;
4363 int this_arg_index;
4364 int this_arg_size;
4365
4366 int is_radiotap_ns;
4367
4368 int _max_length;
4369 int _arg_index;
4370 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4371 int _reset_on_ext;
4372};
4373
4374int
4375ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
4376 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
4377 int max_length,
4378 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
4379
4380int
4381ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
4382
4383
4384extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
4385extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
4386
4387/**
4388 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
4389 *
4390 * @skb: the frame
4391 *
4392 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
4393 * returns the 802.11 header length.
4394 *
4395 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
4396 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
4397 * 802.11 header.
4398 */
4399unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
4400
4401/**
4402 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
4403 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
4404 * Return: The header length in bytes.
4405 */
4406unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
4407
4408/**
4409 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
4410 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
4411 * (first byte) will be accessed
4412 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
4413 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
4414 */
4415unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
4416
4417/**
4418 * DOC: Data path helpers
4419 *
4420 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
4421 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
4422 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
4423 */
4424
4425/**
4426 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4427 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4428 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
4429 * of it being pushed into the SKB
4430 * @addr: the device MAC address
4431 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4432 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
4433 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4434 */
4435int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
4436 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4437 u8 data_offset);
4438
4439/**
4440 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4441 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4442 * @addr: the device MAC address
4443 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4444 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4445 */
4446static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
4447 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
4448{
4449 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
4450}
4451
4452/**
4453 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
4454 *
4455 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
4456 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
4457 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
4458 *
4459 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
4460 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
4461 * initialized by by the caller.
4462 * @addr: The device MAC address.
4463 * @iftype: The device interface type.
4464 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
4465 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
4466 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
4467 */
4468void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
4469 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4470 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
4471 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
4472
4473/**
4474 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
4475 * @skb: the data frame
4476 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
4477 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
4478 */
4479unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
4480 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4481
4482/**
4483 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
4484 *
4485 * @eid: element ID
4486 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4487 * @len: length of data
4488 * @match: byte array to match
4489 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
4490 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
4491 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
4492 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
4493 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
4494 * the second byte is the IE length.
4495 *
4496 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4497 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4498 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
4499 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4500 * element ID.
4501 *
4502 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4503 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
4504 * byte array to match.
4505 */
4506const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len,
4507 const u8 *match, int match_len,
4508 int match_offset);
4509
4510/**
4511 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
4512 *
4513 * @eid: element ID
4514 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4515 * @len: length of data
4516 *
4517 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4518 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4519 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4520 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4521 *
4522 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4523 * having to fit into the given data.
4524 */
4525static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4526{
4527 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
4528}
4529
4530/**
4531 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
4532 *
4533 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
4534 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4535 * @len: length of data
4536 *
4537 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
4538 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4539 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4540 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4541 *
4542 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4543 * having to fit into the given data.
4544 */
4545static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4546{
4547 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
4548 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
4549}
4550
4551/**
4552 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
4553 *
4554 * @oui: vendor OUI
4555 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
4556 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4557 * @len: length of data
4558 *
4559 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
4560 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
4561 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4562 * element ID.
4563 *
4564 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
4565 * the given data.
4566 */
4567const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
4568 const u8 *ies, int len);
4569
4570/**
4571 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
4572 *
4573 * TODO
4574 */
4575
4576/**
4577 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
4578 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
4579 * conflicts)
4580 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
4581 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
4582 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
4583 * alpha2.
4584 *
4585 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
4586 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
4587 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
4588 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
4589 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
4590 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
4591 *
4592 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
4593 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
4594 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
4595 *
4596 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4597 * an -ENOMEM.
4598 *
4599 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
4600 */
4601int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
4602
4603/**
4604 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
4605 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4606 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
4607 *
4608 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
4609 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
4610 * information.
4611 *
4612 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4613 */
4614int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4615 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4616
4617/**
4618 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
4619 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4620 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
4621 *
4622 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
4623 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
4624 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
4625 *
4626 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4627 */
4628int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4629 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4630
4631/**
4632 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
4633 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4634 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
4635 *
4636 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
4637 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
4638 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
4639 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
4640 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
4641 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
4642 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
4643 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
4644 * that called this helper.
4645 */
4646void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4647 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
4648
4649/**
4650 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
4651 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
4652 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
4653 *
4654 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
4655 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
4656 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
4657 * and processed already.
4658 *
4659 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
4660 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
4661 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
4662 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
4663 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
4664 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
4665 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
4666 */
4667const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4668 u32 center_freq);
4669
4670/**
4671 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
4672 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
4673 *
4674 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
4675 * proper string representation.
4676 */
4677const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
4678
4679/**
4680 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
4681 *
4682 */
4683
4684/**
4685 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
4686 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
4687 *
4688 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
4689 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
4690 * @ptr: pointer where the regdb wmm data is to be stored (or %NULL if
4691 * irrelevant). This can be used later for deduplication.
4692 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
4693 *
4694 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
4695 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
4696 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
4697 *
4698 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4699 * an -ENODATA.
4700 *
4701 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
4702 */
4703int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, u32 *ptr,
4704 struct ieee80211_wmm_rule *rule);
4705
4706/*
4707 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
4708 * functions and BSS handling helpers
4709 */
4710
4711/**
4712 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
4713 *
4714 * @request: the corresponding scan request
4715 * @info: information about the completed scan
4716 */
4717void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
4718 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
4719
4720/**
4721 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
4722 *
4723 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
4724 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4725 */
4726void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4727
4728/**
4729 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4730 *
4731 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4732 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4733 *
4734 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4735 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4736 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4737 */
4738void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4739
4740/**
4741 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4742 *
4743 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4744 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4745 *
4746 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4747 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4748 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4749 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
4750 */
4751void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4752
4753/**
4754 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
4755 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4756 * @data: the BSS metadata
4757 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
4758 * @len: length of the management frame
4759 * @gfp: context flags
4760 *
4761 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4762 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4763 *
4764 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4765 * Or %NULL on error.
4766 */
4767struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4768cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4769 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4770 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4771 gfp_t gfp);
4772
4773static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4774cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4775 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4776 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4777 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4778 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4779{
4780 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4781 .chan = rx_channel,
4782 .scan_width = scan_width,
4783 .signal = signal,
4784 };
4785
4786 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4787}
4788
4789static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4790cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4791 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4792 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4793 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4794{
4795 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4796 .chan = rx_channel,
4797 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4798 .signal = signal,
4799 };
4800
4801 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4802}
4803
4804/**
4805 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
4806 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
4807 * from a beacon or probe response
4808 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
4809 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
4810 */
4811enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
4812 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
4813 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
4814 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
4815};
4816
4817/**
4818 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
4819 *
4820 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4821 * @data: the BSS metadata
4822 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
4823 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
4824 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
4825 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
4826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
4827 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
4828 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
4829 * @gfp: context flags
4830 *
4831 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4832 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4833 *
4834 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4835 * Or %NULL on error.
4836 */
4837struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4838cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4839 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4840 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4841 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4842 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4843 gfp_t gfp);
4844
4845static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4846cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4847 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4848 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4849 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4850 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4851 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4852 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4853{
4854 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4855 .chan = rx_channel,
4856 .scan_width = scan_width,
4857 .signal = signal,
4858 };
4859
4860 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4861 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4862 gfp);
4863}
4864
4865static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4866cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4867 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4868 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4869 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4870 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4871 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4872{
4873 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4874 .chan = rx_channel,
4875 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4876 .signal = signal,
4877 };
4878
4879 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4880 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4881 gfp);
4882}
4883
4884/**
4885 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
4886 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4887 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
4888 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
4889 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
4890 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
4891 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
4892 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
4893 */
4894struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4895 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4896 const u8 *bssid,
4897 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4898 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
4899 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
4900static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
4901cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4902 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4903 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
4904{
4905 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
4906 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
4907 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
4908}
4909
4910/**
4911 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
4912 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4913 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
4914 *
4915 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4916 */
4917void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4918
4919/**
4920 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
4921 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4922 * @bss: the BSS struct
4923 *
4924 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4925 */
4926void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4927
4928/**
4929 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
4930 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4931 * @bss: the bss to remove
4932 *
4933 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
4934 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
4935 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
4936 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
4937 */
4938void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4939
4940static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
4941cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
4942{
4943 switch (chandef->width) {
4944 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
4945 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
4946 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
4947 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
4948 default:
4949 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
4950 }
4951}
4952
4953/**
4954 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
4955 * @dev: network device
4956 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4957 * @len: length of the frame data
4958 *
4959 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
4960 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
4961 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
4962 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4963 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4964 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4965 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
4966 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
4967 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
4968 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
4969 *
4970 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4971 */
4972void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4973
4974/**
4975 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
4976 * @dev: network device
4977 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
4978 *
4979 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
4980 * mutex.
4981 */
4982void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
4983
4984/**
4985 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
4986 * @dev: network device
4987 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
4988 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
4989 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4990 * @len: length of the frame data
4991 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
4992 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
4993 *
4994 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4995 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4996 *
4997 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4998 */
4999void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5000 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5001 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5002 int uapsd_queues);
5003
5004/**
5005 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5006 * @dev: network device
5007 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5008 *
5009 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5010 */
5011void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5012
5013/**
5014 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5015 * @dev: network device
5016 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5017 *
5018 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5019 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5020 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5021 */
5022void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5023
5024/**
5025 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5026 * @dev: network device
5027 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5028 * @len: length of the frame data
5029 *
5030 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5031 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5032 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5033 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5034 */
5035void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5036
5037/**
5038 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5039 * @dev: network device
5040 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5041 * @len: length of the frame data
5042 *
5043 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5044 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5045 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5046 */
5047void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5048 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5049
5050/**
5051 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5052 * @dev: network device
5053 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5054 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5055 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5056 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5057 * @gfp: allocation flags
5058 *
5059 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5060 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5061 * primitive.
5062 */
5063void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5064 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5065 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5066
5067/**
5068 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5069 *
5070 * @dev: network device
5071 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5072 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5073 * @gfp: allocation flags
5074 *
5075 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5076 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5077 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5078 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5079 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5080 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5081 */
5082void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5083 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5084
5085/**
5086 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
5087 *
5088 * @dev: network device
5089 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5090 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5091 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
5092 * @gfp: allocation flags
5093 *
5094 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5095 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5096 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5097 */
5098void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5099 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
5100
5101/**
5102 * DOC: RFkill integration
5103 *
5104 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5105 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5106 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5107 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5108 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5109 *
5110 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5111 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5112 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5113 */
5114
5115/**
5116 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5117 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5118 * @blocked: block status
5119 */
5120void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
5121
5122/**
5123 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5124 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5125 */
5126void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5127
5128/**
5129 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5130 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5131 */
5132void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5133
5134/**
5135 * DOC: Vendor commands
5136 *
5137 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5138 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5139 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5140 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5141 * the configuration mechanism.
5142 *
5143 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5144 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5145 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5146 *
5147 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5148 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5149 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5150 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5151 * managers etc. need.
5152 */
5153
5154struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5155 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5156 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5157 int approxlen);
5158
5159struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5160 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5161 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5162 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5163 int vendor_event_idx,
5164 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5165
5166void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5167
5168/**
5169 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5170 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5171 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5172 * be put into the skb
5173 *
5174 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5175 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5176 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5177 *
5178 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5179 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5180 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5181 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5182 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5183 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5184 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5185 *
5186 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5187 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5188 *
5189 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5190 */
5191static inline struct sk_buff *
5192cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5193{
5194 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5195 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5196}
5197
5198/**
5199 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5200 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5201 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5202 *
5203 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5204 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5205 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
5206 * skb regardless of the return value.
5207 *
5208 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5209 */
5210int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
5211
5212/**
5213 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
5214 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5215 * @wdev: the wireless device
5216 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
5217 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5218 * be put into the skb
5219 * @gfp: allocation flags
5220 *
5221 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5222 * vendor-specific multicast group.
5223 *
5224 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
5225 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
5226 * attribute.
5227 *
5228 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
5229 * skb to send the event.
5230 *
5231 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5232 */
5233static inline struct sk_buff *
5234cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5235 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5236{
5237 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5238 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
5239 event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
5240}
5241
5242/**
5243 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
5244 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
5245 * @gfp: allocation flags
5246 *
5247 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5248 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
5249 */
5250static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5251{
5252 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5253}
5254
5255#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
5256/**
5257 * DOC: Test mode
5258 *
5259 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
5260 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
5261 * factory programming.
5262 *
5263 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
5264 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
5265 */
5266
5267/**
5268 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
5269 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5270 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5271 * be put into the skb
5272 *
5273 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5274 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5275 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
5276 *
5277 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
5278 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5279 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5280 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5281 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5282 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
5283 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
5284 *
5285 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
5286 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
5287 *
5288 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5289 */
5290static inline struct sk_buff *
5291cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5292{
5293 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5294 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
5295}
5296
5297/**
5298 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
5299 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5300 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
5301 *
5302 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5303 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
5304 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
5305 * regardless of the return value.
5306 *
5307 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5308 */
5309static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
5310{
5311 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
5312}
5313
5314/**
5315 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
5316 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5317 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5318 * be put into the skb
5319 * @gfp: allocation flags
5320 *
5321 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5322 * testmode multicast group.
5323 *
5324 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
5325 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
5326 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
5327 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
5328 * in any other way.
5329 *
5330 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
5331 * skb to send the event.
5332 *
5333 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5334 */
5335static inline struct sk_buff *
5336cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
5337{
5338 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5339 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
5340 approxlen, gfp);
5341}
5342
5343/**
5344 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
5345 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5346 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
5347 * @gfp: allocation flags
5348 *
5349 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5350 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
5351 * consumes it.
5352 */
5353static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5354{
5355 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5356}
5357
5358#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
5359#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
5360#else
5361#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
5362#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
5363#endif
5364
5365/**
5366 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
5367 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5368 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5369 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5370 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5371 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5372 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5373 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5374 * case.
5375 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
5376 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
5377 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
5378 * @bss needs to be specified.
5379 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
5380 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
5381 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5382 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
5383 * @fils_kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
5384 * @fils_kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
5385 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
5386 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num is valid.
5387 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
5388 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
5389 * status for a FILS connection.
5390 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5391 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
5392 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
5393 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5394 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5395 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5396 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5397 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5398 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5399 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5400 */
5401struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
5402 int status;
5403 const u8 *bssid;
5404 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5405 const u8 *req_ie;
5406 size_t req_ie_len;
5407 const u8 *resp_ie;
5408 size_t resp_ie_len;
5409 const u8 *fils_kek;
5410 size_t fils_kek_len;
5411 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
5412 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
5413 const u8 *pmk;
5414 size_t pmk_len;
5415 const u8 *pmkid;
5416 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
5417};
5418
5419/**
5420 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5421 *
5422 * @dev: network device
5423 * @params: connection response parameters
5424 * @gfp: allocation flags
5425 *
5426 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5427 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5428 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
5429 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
5430 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
5431 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5432 */
5433void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
5434 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
5435 gfp_t gfp);
5436
5437/**
5438 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5439 *
5440 * @dev: network device
5441 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5442 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
5443 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
5444 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5445 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5446 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5447 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5448 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5449 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5450 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5451 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5452 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5453 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5454 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5455 * case.
5456 * @gfp: allocation flags
5457 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5458 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5459 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5460 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5461 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5462 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5463 *
5464 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5465 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5466 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
5467 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
5468 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5469 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5470 */
5471static inline void
5472cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5473 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
5474 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
5475 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
5476 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5477{
5478 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
5479
5480 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
5481 params.status = status;
5482 params.bssid = bssid;
5483 params.bss = bss;
5484 params.req_ie = req_ie;
5485 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
5486 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
5487 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
5488 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
5489
5490 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
5491}
5492
5493/**
5494 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5495 *
5496 * @dev: network device
5497 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5498 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5499 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5500 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5501 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5502 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5503 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5504 * the real status code for failures.
5505 * @gfp: allocation flags
5506 *
5507 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5508 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5509 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
5510 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5511 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5512 */
5513static inline void
5514cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5515 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
5516 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
5517 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
5518{
5519 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
5520 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
5521 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
5522}
5523
5524/**
5525 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
5526 *
5527 * @dev: network device
5528 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5529 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5530 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5531 * @gfp: allocation flags
5532 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
5533 *
5534 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
5535 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
5536 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
5537 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
5538 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
5539 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5540 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5541 */
5542static inline void
5543cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5544 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
5545 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5546{
5547 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
5548 gfp, timeout_reason);
5549}
5550
5551/**
5552 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
5553 *
5554 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
5555 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
5556 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
5557 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5558 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5559 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5560 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5561 */
5562struct cfg80211_roam_info {
5563 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
5564 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5565 const u8 *bssid;
5566 const u8 *req_ie;
5567 size_t req_ie_len;
5568 const u8 *resp_ie;
5569 size_t resp_ie_len;
5570};
5571
5572/**
5573 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
5574 *
5575 * @dev: network device
5576 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
5577 * @gfp: allocation flags
5578 *
5579 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
5580 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
5581 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
5582 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
5583 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
5584 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
5585 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
5586 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
5587 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
5588 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
5589 */
5590void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
5591 gfp_t gfp);
5592
5593/**
5594 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
5595 *
5596 * @dev: network device
5597 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5598 * @gfp: allocation flags
5599 *
5600 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
5601 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
5602 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
5603 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
5604 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
5605 * indicate the 802.11 association.
5606 */
5607void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5608 gfp_t gfp);
5609
5610/**
5611 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
5612 *
5613 * @dev: network device
5614 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
5615 * @ie_len: length of IEs
5616 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
5617 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
5618 * @gfp: allocation flags
5619 *
5620 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
5621 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
5622 */
5623void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
5624 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
5625 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
5626
5627/**
5628 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
5629 * @wdev: wireless device
5630 * @cookie: the request cookie
5631 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5632 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
5633 * channel
5634 * @gfp: allocation flags
5635 */
5636void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5637 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5638 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
5639
5640/**
5641 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5642 * @wdev: wireless device
5643 * @cookie: the request cookie
5644 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5645 * @gfp: allocation flags
5646 */
5647void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5648 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5649 gfp_t gfp);
5650
5651
5652/**
5653 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
5654 *
5655 * @dev: the netdev
5656 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5657 * @sinfo: the station information
5658 * @gfp: allocation flags
5659 */
5660void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5661 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5662
5663/**
5664 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5665 * @dev: the netdev
5666 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5667 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
5668 * @gfp: allocation flags
5669 */
5670void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5671 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5672
5673/**
5674 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5675 *
5676 * @dev: the netdev
5677 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5678 * @gfp: allocation flags
5679 */
5680static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
5681 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
5682{
5683 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
5684}
5685
5686/**
5687 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
5688 *
5689 * @dev: the netdev
5690 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5691 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
5692 * @gfp: allocation flags
5693 *
5694 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
5695 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
5696 * for some reasons, this function is called.
5697 *
5698 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
5699 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
5700 */
5701void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5702 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
5703 gfp_t gfp);
5704
5705/**
5706 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
5707 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5708 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
5709 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5710 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5711 * @len: length of the frame data
5712 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
5713 *
5714 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
5715 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
5716 *
5717 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
5718 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
5719 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
5720 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
5721 */
5722bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
5723 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
5724
5725/**
5726 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
5727 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5728 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
5729 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5730 * @len: length of the frame data
5731 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
5732 * @gfp: context flags
5733 *
5734 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
5735 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
5736 * transmission attempt.
5737 */
5738void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5739 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
5740
5741
5742/**
5743 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
5744 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5745 * @buf: control port frame
5746 * @len: length of the frame data
5747 * @addr: The peer from which the frame was received
5748 * @proto: frame protocol, typically PAE or Pre-authentication
5749 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
5750 *
5751 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
5752 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
5753 * control port frames over nl80211.
5754 *
5755 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
5756 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
5757 *
5758 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
5759 */
5760bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
5761 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5762 const u8 *addr, u16 proto, bool unencrypted);
5763
5764/**
5765 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
5766 * @dev: network device
5767 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
5768 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5769 * @gfp: context flags
5770 *
5771 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
5772 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
5773 */
5774void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5775 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5776 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
5777
5778/**
5779 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
5780 * @dev: network device
5781 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5782 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
5783 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
5784 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
5785 * @gfp: context flags
5786 */
5787void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5788 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
5789
5790/**
5791 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
5792 * @dev: network device
5793 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5794 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
5795 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
5796 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
5797 * @gfp: context flags
5798 *
5799 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
5800 * given interval is exceeded.
5801 */
5802void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
5803 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
5804
5805/**
5806 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
5807 * @dev: network device
5808 * @gfp: context flags
5809 *
5810 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
5811 */
5812void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
5813
5814/**
5815 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
5816 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5817 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
5818 * @gfp: context flags
5819 *
5820 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
5821 */
5822void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5823 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
5824
5825/**
5826 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
5827 * @dev: network device
5828 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
5829 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
5830 * @gfp: context flags
5831 *
5832 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
5833 * frame.
5834 */
5835void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
5836 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
5837 gfp_t gfp);
5838
5839/**
5840 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
5841 * @netdev: network device
5842 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
5843 * @event: type of event
5844 * @gfp: context flags
5845 *
5846 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
5847 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
5848 * also by full-MAC drivers.
5849 */
5850void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
5851 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5852 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
5853
5854
5855/**
5856 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
5857 * @dev: network device
5858 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
5859 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
5860 * @gfp: allocation flags
5861 */
5862void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5863 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5864
5865/**
5866 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
5867 * @dev: network device
5868 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
5869 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
5870 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
5871 * @gfp: allocation flags
5872 */
5873void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
5874 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
5875
5876/**
5877 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
5878 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5879 * @addr: the transmitter address
5880 * @gfp: context flags
5881 *
5882 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5883 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
5884 * sender.
5885 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5886 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5887 */
5888bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5889 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5890
5891/**
5892 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
5893 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5894 * @addr: the transmitter address
5895 * @gfp: context flags
5896 *
5897 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5898 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
5899 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
5900 * station to avoid event flooding.
5901 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5902 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5903 */
5904bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5905 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5906
5907/**
5908 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
5909 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
5910 * @addr: the address of the peer
5911 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
5912 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
5913 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
5914 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
5915 * @gfp: allocation flags
5916 */
5917void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5918 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
5919 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
5920
5921/**
5922 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
5923 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
5924 * @frame: the frame
5925 * @len: length of the frame
5926 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
5927 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5928 *
5929 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
5930 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
5931 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
5932 */
5933void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5934 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
5935 int freq, int sig_dbm);
5936
5937/**
5938 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
5939 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5940 * @chandef: the channel definition
5941 * @iftype: interface type
5942 *
5943 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5944 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
5945 */
5946bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5947 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5948 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
5949
5950/**
5951 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
5952 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5953 * @chandef: the channel definition
5954 * @iftype: interface type
5955 *
5956 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5957 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
5958 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
5959 * more permissive conditions.
5960 *
5961 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
5962 */
5963bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5964 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5965 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
5966
5967/*
5968 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
5969 * @dev: the device which switched channels
5970 * @chandef: the new channel definition
5971 *
5972 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
5973 * driver context!
5974 */
5975void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5976 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
5977
5978/*
5979 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
5980 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
5981 * @chandef: the future channel definition
5982 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
5983 *
5984 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
5985 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
5986 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
5987 */
5988void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5989 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5990 u8 count);
5991
5992/**
5993 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
5994 *
5995 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
5996 * @band: band pointer to fill
5997 *
5998 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
5999 */
6000bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6001 enum nl80211_band *band);
6002
6003/**
6004 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6005 *
6006 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6007 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6008 *
6009 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6010 */
6011bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6012 u8 *op_class);
6013
6014/*
6015 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6016 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6017 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6018 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6019 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6020 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6021 * @gfp: allocation flags
6022 *
6023 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6024 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6025 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6026 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6027 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6028 */
6029void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6030 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6031 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6032
6033/*
6034 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6035 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6036 *
6037 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6038 */
6039u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6040
6041/**
6042 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6043 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6044 *
6045 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6046 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6047 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6048 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6049 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6050 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6051 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6052 *
6053 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6054 */
6055void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6056
6057/**
6058 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
6059 * @ies: FT IEs
6060 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6061 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6062 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6063 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6064 */
6065struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6066 const u8 *ies;
6067 size_t ies_len;
6068 const u8 *target_ap;
6069 const u8 *ric_ies;
6070 size_t ric_ies_len;
6071};
6072
6073/**
6074 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6075 * @netdev: network device
6076 * @ft_event: IE information
6077 */
6078void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6079 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6080
6081/**
6082 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6083 * @ies: the input IE buffer
6084 * @len: the input length
6085 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6086 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6087 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6088 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6089 *
6090 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6091 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6092 *
6093 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6094 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6095 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6096 */
6097int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6098 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6099 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6100
6101/**
6102 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6103 * @ies: the IE buffer
6104 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6105 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6106 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6107 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6108 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6109 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6110 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6111 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6112 *
6113 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6114 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6115 * split.
6116 *
6117 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6118 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6119 *
6120 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6121 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6122 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6123 *
6124 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6125 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6126 * of the buffer should be used.
6127 */
6128size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6129 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6130 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6131 size_t offset);
6132
6133/**
6134 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6135 * @ies: the IE buffer
6136 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6137 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6138 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6139 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6140 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6141 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6142 *
6143 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6144 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6145 * split.
6146 *
6147 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6148 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6149 *
6150 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6151 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6152 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6153 *
6154 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6155 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6156 * of the buffer should be used.
6157 */
6158static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6159 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
6160{
6161 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
6162}
6163
6164/**
6165 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
6166 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
6167 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
6168 * @gfp: allocation flags
6169 *
6170 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
6171 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
6172 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
6173 * else caused the wakeup.
6174 */
6175void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6176 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6177 gfp_t gfp);
6178
6179/**
6180 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
6181 *
6182 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
6183 * @gfp: allocation flags
6184 *
6185 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
6186 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
6187 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
6188 */
6189void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
6190
6191/**
6192 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
6193 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6194 *
6195 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
6196 */
6197unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6198
6199/**
6200 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
6201 *
6202 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6203 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6204 *
6205 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
6206 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
6207 * the interface combinations.
6208 */
6209int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6210 struct iface_combination_params *params);
6211
6212/**
6213 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
6214 *
6215 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6216 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6217 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
6218 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
6219 *
6220 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
6221 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
6222 * purposes.
6223 */
6224int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6225 struct iface_combination_params *params,
6226 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
6227 void *data),
6228 void *data);
6229
6230/*
6231 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
6232 *
6233 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6234 * @wdev: wireless device
6235 * @gfp: context flags
6236 *
6237 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
6238 * disconnected.
6239 *
6240 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
6241 */
6242void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6243 gfp_t gfp);
6244
6245/**
6246 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
6247 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
6248 *
6249 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
6250 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
6251 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
6252 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
6253 *
6254 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
6255 * the driver while the function is running.
6256 */
6257void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6258
6259/**
6260 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
6261 *
6262 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6263 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6264 *
6265 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6266 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
6267 */
6268static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6269 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6270{
6271 u8 *ft_byte;
6272
6273 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6274 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
6275}
6276
6277/**
6278 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
6279 *
6280 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6281 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6282 *
6283 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6284 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
6285 */
6286static inline bool
6287wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6288 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6289{
6290 u8 ft_byte;
6291
6292 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6293 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
6294}
6295
6296/**
6297 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
6298 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
6299 *
6300 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
6301 */
6302void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
6303
6304/**
6305 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
6306 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
6307 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
6308 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
6309 * result.
6310 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
6311 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6312 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
6313 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
6314 * @info_len: the length of the &info
6315 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
6316 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
6317 */
6318struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
6319 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
6320 u8 inst_id;
6321 u8 peer_inst_id;
6322 const u8 *addr;
6323 u8 info_len;
6324 const u8 *info;
6325 u64 cookie;
6326};
6327
6328/**
6329 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
6330 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6331 * @match: match notification parameters
6332 * @gfp: allocation flags
6333 *
6334 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
6335 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
6336 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
6337 */
6338void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6339 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
6340
6341/**
6342 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6343 *
6344 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6345 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6346 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6347 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
6348 * @gfp: allocation flags
6349 *
6350 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
6351 */
6352void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6353 u8 inst_id,
6354 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6355 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
6356
6357/* ethtool helper */
6358void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
6359
6360/**
6361 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
6362 * @netdev: network device
6363 * @params: External authentication parameters
6364 * @gfp: allocation flags
6365 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
6366 */
6367int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
6368 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
6369 gfp_t gfp);
6370
6371/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
6372
6373/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
6374
6375#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
6376 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6377#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6378 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6379#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
6380 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6381#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
6382 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6383#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
6384 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6385#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
6386 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6387#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
6388 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6389#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
6390 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6391
6392#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
6393 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
6394
6395#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6396 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6397
6398#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
6399#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
6400#else
6401#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6402({ \
6403 if (0) \
6404 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
6405 0; \
6406})
6407#endif
6408
6409/*
6410 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
6411 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
6412 * file/line information and a backtrace.
6413 */
6414#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
6415 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
6416
6417#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
4/*
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6 *
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation
11 */
12
13#include <linux/ethtool.h>
14#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
15#include <linux/netdevice.h>
16#include <linux/debugfs.h>
17#include <linux/list.h>
18#include <linux/bug.h>
19#include <linux/netlink.h>
20#include <linux/skbuff.h>
21#include <linux/nl80211.h>
22#include <linux/if_ether.h>
23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
24#include <linux/net.h>
25#include <linux/rfkill.h>
26#include <net/regulatory.h>
27
28/**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37 *
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39 * use restrictions.
40 */
41
42
43/**
44 * DOC: Device registration
45 *
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * described below.
49 *
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59 *
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63 */
64
65struct wiphy;
66
67/*
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
69 */
70
71/**
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73 *
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this
80 * channel.
81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
83 * is not permitted.
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
85 * is not permitted.
86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91 * restrictions.
92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
96 * restrictions.
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100 * on this channel.
101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
102 * on this channel.
103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
105 * on this channel.
106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
107 * on this channel.
108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
109 * on this channel.
110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
111 * on this channel.
112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
113 * on this channel.
114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
118 * restrictions.
119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT
121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP
122 * not permitted using this channel
123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP
124 * not permitted using this channel
125 */
126enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
127 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
129 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = 1<<2,
130 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
134 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
136 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
137 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13,
141 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14,
142 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15,
143 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16,
144 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17,
145 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18,
146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19,
147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20,
148 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21,
149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT= 1<<22,
150 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT= 1<<23,
151};
152
153#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
154 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
155
156#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
157#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
158
159/**
160 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
161 *
162 * This structure describes a single channel for use
163 * with cfg80211.
164 *
165 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
166 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
167 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
168 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
169 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
170 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
171 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
172 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
173 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
174 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
175 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
176 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
177 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
178 * @orig_mag: internal use
179 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
180 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
181 * on this channel.
182 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
183 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
184 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm)
185 */
186struct ieee80211_channel {
187 enum nl80211_band band;
188 u32 center_freq;
189 u16 freq_offset;
190 u16 hw_value;
191 u32 flags;
192 int max_antenna_gain;
193 int max_power;
194 int max_reg_power;
195 bool beacon_found;
196 u32 orig_flags;
197 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
198 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
199 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
200 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
201 s8 psd;
202};
203
204/**
205 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
206 *
207 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
208 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
209 * different bands/PHY modes.
210 *
211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
212 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
213 * with CCK rates.
214 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
215 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
216 * core code when registering the wiphy.
217 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
218 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
219 * core code when registering the wiphy.
220 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
221 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
222 * core code when registering the wiphy.
223 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
225 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
226 */
227enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
228 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
229 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
230 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
231 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
232 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
233 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
234 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
235};
236
237/**
238 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
239 *
240 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
241 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
242 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
243 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
244 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
245 */
246enum ieee80211_bss_type {
247 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
248 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
249 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
250 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
251 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
252};
253
254/**
255 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
256 *
257 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
258 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
259 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
260 */
261enum ieee80211_privacy {
262 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
263 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
264 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
265};
266
267#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
268 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
269
270/**
271 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
272 *
273 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
274 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
275 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
276 * passed around.
277 *
278 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags
279 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
280 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
281 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
282 * short preamble is used
283 */
284struct ieee80211_rate {
285 u32 flags;
286 u16 bitrate;
287 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
288};
289
290/**
291 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
292 *
293 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
294 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
295 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
296 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
297 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
298 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
299 * members of the SRG
300 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
301 * used by members of the SRG
302 */
303struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
304 bool enable;
305 u8 sr_ctrl;
306 u8 non_srg_max_offset;
307 u8 min_offset;
308 u8 max_offset;
309 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
310 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
311};
312
313/**
314 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
315 *
316 * @color: the current color.
317 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
318 * @partial: define the AID equation.
319 */
320struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
321 u8 color;
322 bool enabled;
323 bool partial;
324};
325
326/**
327 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
328 *
329 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
330 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
331 *
332 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
333 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
334 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
335 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
336 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
337 */
338struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
339 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
340 bool ht_supported;
341 u8 ampdu_factor;
342 u8 ampdu_density;
343 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
344};
345
346/**
347 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
348 *
349 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
350 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
351 *
352 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
353 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
354 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
355 */
356struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
357 bool vht_supported;
358 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
359 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
360};
361
362#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
363
364/**
365 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
366 *
367 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
368 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
369 *
370 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
371 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
372 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
373 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
374 */
375struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
376 bool has_he;
377 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
378 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
379 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
380};
381
382/**
383 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
384 *
385 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
386 * and NSS Set field"
387 *
388 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
389 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
390 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
391 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
392 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
393 */
394struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
395 union {
396 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
397 struct {
398 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
399 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
400 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
401 } __packed bw;
402 } __packed;
403} __packed;
404
405#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32
406
407/**
408 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
409 *
410 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
411 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
412 *
413 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
414 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
415 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
416 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
417 */
418struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
419 bool has_eht;
420 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
421 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
422 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
423};
424
425/* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */
426#ifdef __CHECKER__
427/*
428 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed
429 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot
430 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be
431 * noisy when the pointer is used directly.
432 */
433# define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data)))
434#else
435# define __iftd
436#endif /* __CHECKER__ */
437
438/**
439 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
440 *
441 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
442 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
443 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
444 *
445 * @types_mask: interface types mask
446 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
447 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
448 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
449 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
450 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
451 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
452 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
453 */
454struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
455 u16 types_mask;
456 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
457 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
458 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
459 struct {
460 const u8 *data;
461 unsigned int len;
462 } vendor_elems;
463};
464
465/**
466 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
467 *
468 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
469 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
470 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
471 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
472 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
473 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
474 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
475 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
476 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
477 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
478 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
480 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
482 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
484 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
485 */
486enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
487 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
488 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
489 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
490 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
491 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
492 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
493 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
494 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
495 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
496 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
499};
500
501/**
502 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
503 *
504 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
505 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
506 *
507 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
508 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
509 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
510 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
511 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
512 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
513 */
514struct ieee80211_edmg {
515 u8 channels;
516 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
517};
518
519/**
520 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
521 *
522 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
523 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
524 *
525 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
526 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
527 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
528 */
529struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
530 bool s1g;
531 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
532 u8 nss_mcs[5];
533};
534
535/**
536 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
537 *
538 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
539 * is able to operate in.
540 *
541 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
542 * in this band.
543 * @band: the band this structure represents
544 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
545 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
546 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
547 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
548 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
549 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
550 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
551 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
552 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
553 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
554 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
555 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
556 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
557 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
558 * iftype_data).
559 */
560struct ieee80211_supported_band {
561 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
562 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
563 enum nl80211_band band;
564 int n_channels;
565 int n_bitrates;
566 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
567 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
568 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
569 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
570 u16 n_iftype_data;
571 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data;
572};
573
574/**
575 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
576 * @sband: the sband to initialize
577 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer
578 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array
579 *
580 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot
581 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer
582 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used.
583 */
584static inline void
585_ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
586 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd,
587 u16 n_iftd)
588{
589 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd;
590 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd;
591}
592
593/**
594 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
595 * @sband: the sband to initialize
596 * @iftd: the iftype data array
597 */
598#define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \
599 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd))
600
601/**
602 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries
603 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate
604 * @i: iterator counter
605 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set
606 */
607#define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \
608 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \
609 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \
610 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i])
611
612/**
613 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
614 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
615 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
616 *
617 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
618 */
619static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
620ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
621 u8 iftype)
622{
623 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data;
624 int i;
625
626 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
627 return NULL;
628
629 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
630 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
631
632 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) {
633 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
634 return data;
635 }
636
637 return NULL;
638}
639
640/**
641 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
642 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
643 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
644 *
645 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
646 */
647static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
648ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
649 u8 iftype)
650{
651 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
652 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
653
654 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
655 return &data->he_cap;
656
657 return NULL;
658}
659
660/**
661 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
662 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
663 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
664 *
665 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
666 */
667static inline __le16
668ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
669 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
670{
671 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
672 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
673
674 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
675 return 0;
676
677 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
678}
679
680/**
681 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
682 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
683 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
684 *
685 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
686 */
687static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
688ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
689 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
690{
691 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
692 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
693
694 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
695 return &data->eht_cap;
696
697 return NULL;
698}
699
700/**
701 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
702 *
703 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
704 *
705 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
706 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
707 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
708 *
709 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
710 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
711 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
712 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
713 * without affecting other devices.
714 *
715 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
716 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
717 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
718 */
719#ifdef CONFIG_OF
720void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
721#else /* CONFIG_OF */
722static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
723{
724}
725#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
726
727
728/*
729 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
730 */
731
732/**
733 * DOC: Actions and configuration
734 *
735 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
736 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
737 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
738 * operations use are described separately.
739 *
740 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
741 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
742 *
743 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
744 * in a separate chapter.
745 */
746
747#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
748 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
749
750/**
751 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
752 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
753 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
754 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
755 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
756 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
757 * determine the address as needed.
758 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
759 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
760 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
761 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
762 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
763 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
764 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
765 */
766struct vif_params {
767 u32 flags;
768 int use_4addr;
769 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
770 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
771 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
772};
773
774/**
775 * struct key_params - key information
776 *
777 * Information about a key
778 *
779 * @key: key material
780 * @key_len: length of key material
781 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
782 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
783 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
784 * length given by @seq_len.
785 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
786 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
787 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
788 */
789struct key_params {
790 const u8 *key;
791 const u8 *seq;
792 int key_len;
793 int seq_len;
794 u16 vlan_id;
795 u32 cipher;
796 enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
797};
798
799/**
800 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
801 * @chan: the (control) channel
802 * @width: channel width
803 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
804 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
805 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
806 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
807 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
808 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
809 * parameters are ignored.
810 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
811 */
812struct cfg80211_chan_def {
813 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
814 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
815 u32 center_freq1;
816 u32 center_freq2;
817 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
818 u16 freq1_offset;
819};
820
821/*
822 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
823 */
824struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
825 struct {
826 u32 legacy;
827 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
828 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
829 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
830 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
831 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
832 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
833 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
834};
835
836
837/**
838 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
839 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
840 * of the peer.
841 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
842 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
843 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
844 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
845 * @retry_long: retry count value
846 * @retry_short: retry count value
847 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
848 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
849 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
850 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
851 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
852 */
853struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
854 bool config_override;
855 u8 tids;
856 u64 mask;
857 enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
858 u8 retry_long, retry_short;
859 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
860 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
861 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
862 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
863 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
864};
865
866/**
867 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
868 * @peer: Station's MAC address
869 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
870 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
871 */
872struct cfg80211_tid_config {
873 const u8 *peer;
874 u32 n_tid_conf;
875 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf);
876};
877
878/**
879 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
880 * @macaddr: STA MAC address
881 * @kek: FILS KEK
882 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length
883 * @snonce: STA Nonce
884 * @anonce: AP Nonce
885 */
886struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
887 const u8 *macaddr;
888 const u8 *kek;
889 u8 kek_len;
890 const u8 *snonce;
891 const u8 *anonce;
892};
893
894/**
895 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping
896 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all
897 * addresses.
898 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
899 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
900 */
901struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp {
902 const u8 *macaddr;
903 bool enable;
904};
905
906/**
907 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
908 * @chandef: the channel definition
909 *
910 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
911 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
912 */
913static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
914cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
915{
916 switch (chandef->width) {
917 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
918 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
919 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
920 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
921 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
922 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
923 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
924 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
925 default:
926 WARN_ON(1);
927 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
928 }
929}
930
931/**
932 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
933 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
934 * @channel: the control channel
935 * @chantype: the channel type
936 *
937 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
938 */
939void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
940 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
941 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
942
943/**
944 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
945 * @chandef1: first channel definition
946 * @chandef2: second channel definition
947 *
948 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
949 * identical, %false otherwise.
950 */
951static inline bool
952cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
953 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
954{
955 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
956 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
957 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
958 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
959 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
960}
961
962/**
963 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
964 *
965 * @chandef: the channel definition
966 *
967 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
968 */
969static inline bool
970cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
971{
972 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
973}
974
975/**
976 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
977 * @chandef1: first channel definition
978 * @chandef2: second channel definition
979 *
980 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
981 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
982 */
983const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
984cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
985 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
986
987/**
988 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz
989 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
990 *
991 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
992 * is valid. -1 otherwise.
993 */
994int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width);
995
996/**
997 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
998 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
999 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
1000 */
1001bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1002
1003/**
1004 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
1005 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1006 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1007 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
1008 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
1009 */
1010bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1011 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
1012 u32 prohibited_flags);
1013
1014/**
1015 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
1016 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1017 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1018 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
1019 * Returns:
1020 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
1021 */
1022int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1023 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
1024 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
1025
1026/**
1027 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we
1028 * can/need start CAC on such channel
1029 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1030 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1031 *
1032 * Return: true if all channels available and at least
1033 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE)
1034 */
1035bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1036 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1037
1038/**
1039 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given
1040 * channel definition
1041 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1042 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1043 *
1044 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition
1045 */
1046unsigned int
1047cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1048 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1049
1050/**
1051 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition.
1052 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition
1053 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1054 *
1055 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error
1056 **/
1057int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1058
1059/**
1060 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
1061 * @width: the channel width of the channel
1062 *
1063 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
1064 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
1065 *
1066 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
1067 */
1068static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
1069ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
1070{
1071 switch (width) {
1072 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
1073 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
1074 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
1075 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
1076 default:
1077 break;
1078 }
1079 return 0;
1080}
1081
1082/**
1083 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
1084 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
1085 *
1086 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
1087 *
1088 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
1089 */
1090static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
1091ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
1092{
1093 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
1094}
1095
1096/**
1097 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
1098 *
1099 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
1100 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
1101 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
1102 *
1103 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
1104 *
1105 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
1106 */
1107static inline int
1108ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
1109{
1110 switch (chandef->width) {
1111 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
1112 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
1113 chandef->chan->max_power);
1114 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
1115 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
1116 chandef->chan->max_power);
1117 default:
1118 break;
1119 }
1120 return chandef->chan->max_power;
1121}
1122
1123/**
1124 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
1125 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
1126 * @band_mask: which bands to check on
1127 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
1128 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
1129 */
1130bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1131 unsigned long band_mask,
1132 u32 prohibited_flags);
1133
1134/**
1135 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
1136 *
1137 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
1138 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
1139 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
1140 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
1141 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
1142 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
1143 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
1144 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
1145 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
1146 *
1147 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
1148 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
1149 */
1150enum survey_info_flags {
1151 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
1152 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
1153 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
1154 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
1155 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
1156 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
1157 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
1158 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
1159 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
1160};
1161
1162/**
1163 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
1164 *
1165 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
1166 * record to report global statistics
1167 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
1168 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
1169 * optional
1170 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
1171 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
1172 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
1173 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
1174 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
1175 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
1176 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
1177 *
1178 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
1179 *
1180 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
1181 * channel duty cycle etc.
1182 */
1183struct survey_info {
1184 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1185 u64 time;
1186 u64 time_busy;
1187 u64 time_ext_busy;
1188 u64 time_rx;
1189 u64 time_tx;
1190 u64 time_scan;
1191 u64 time_bss_rx;
1192 u32 filled;
1193 s8 noise;
1194};
1195
1196#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10
1197
1198/**
1199 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
1200 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
1201 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
1202 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
1203 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
1204 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
1205 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
1206 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
1207 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
1208 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
1209 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
1210 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
1211 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
1212 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
1213 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
1214 * protocol frames.
1215 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1216 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1217 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
1218 * port for mac80211
1219 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
1220 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
1221 * offload)
1222 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
1223 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
1224 *
1225 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
1226 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
1227 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
1228 * such a scenario.
1229 *
1230 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
1231 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
1232 *
1233 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
1234 * Allow hash-to-element only
1235 *
1236 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
1237 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
1238 */
1239struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
1240 u32 wpa_versions;
1241 u32 cipher_group;
1242 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
1243 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
1244 int n_akm_suites;
1245 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
1246 bool control_port;
1247 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
1248 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
1249 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1250 bool control_port_no_preauth;
1251 const u8 *psk;
1252 const u8 *sae_pwd;
1253 u8 sae_pwd_len;
1254 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
1255};
1256
1257/**
1258 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
1259 *
1260 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
1261 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
1262 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
1263 */
1264struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
1265 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
1266 u8 index;
1267 bool ema;
1268};
1269
1270/**
1271 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
1272 *
1273 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
1274 *
1275 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
1276 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
1277 * @elem.len: Length of data.
1278 */
1279struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
1280 u8 cnt;
1281 struct {
1282 const u8 *data;
1283 size_t len;
1284 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
1285};
1286
1287/**
1288 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements
1289 *
1290 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
1291 *
1292 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
1293 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements.
1294 * @elem.len: Length of data.
1295 */
1296struct cfg80211_rnr_elems {
1297 u8 cnt;
1298 struct {
1299 const u8 *data;
1300 size_t len;
1301 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
1302};
1303
1304/**
1305 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1306 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
1307 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1308 * or %NULL if not changed
1309 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1310 * or %NULL if not changed
1311 * @head_len: length of @head
1312 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1313 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1314 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1315 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1316 * frames or %NULL
1317 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1318 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1319 * Response frames or %NULL
1320 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1321 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1322 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1323 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
1324 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements
1325 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1326 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1327 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1328 * (measurement type 8)
1329 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1330 * Token (measurement type 11)
1331 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1332 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1333 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1334 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
1335 * attribute is present in beacon data or not.
1336 */
1337struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
1338 unsigned int link_id;
1339
1340 const u8 *head, *tail;
1341 const u8 *beacon_ies;
1342 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
1343 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
1344 const u8 *probe_resp;
1345 const u8 *lci;
1346 const u8 *civicloc;
1347 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
1348 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies;
1349 s8 ftm_responder;
1350
1351 size_t head_len, tail_len;
1352 size_t beacon_ies_len;
1353 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
1354 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
1355 size_t probe_resp_len;
1356 size_t lci_len;
1357 size_t civicloc_len;
1358 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1359 bool he_bss_color_valid;
1360};
1361
1362struct mac_address {
1363 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1364};
1365
1366/**
1367 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1368 *
1369 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1370 * entry specified by mac_addr
1371 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1372 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1373 */
1374struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1375 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1376 int n_acl_entries;
1377
1378 /* Keep it last */
1379 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries);
1380};
1381
1382/**
1383 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1384 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1385 *
1386 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
1387 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1388 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1389 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1390 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1391 * frame headers.
1392 */
1393struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
1394 bool update;
1395 u32 min_interval;
1396 u32 max_interval;
1397 size_t tmpl_len;
1398 const u8 *tmpl;
1399};
1400
1401/**
1402 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1403 * response parameters in 6GHz.
1404 *
1405 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
1406 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1407 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1408 * scanning
1409 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1410 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1411 */
1412struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
1413 bool update;
1414 u32 interval;
1415 size_t tmpl_len;
1416 const u8 *tmpl;
1417};
1418
1419/**
1420 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1421 *
1422 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1423 *
1424 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1425 * @beacon: beacon data
1426 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1427 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1428 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1429 * user space)
1430 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1431 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1432 * @crypto: crypto settings
1433 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1434 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1435 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1436 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1437 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1438 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1439 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1440 * MAC address based access control
1441 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1442 * networks.
1443 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1444 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1445 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1446 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1447 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
1448 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
1449 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1450 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1451 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1452 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1453 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
1454 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
1455 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1456 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1457 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1458 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1459 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
1460 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents
1461 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel.
1462 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured.
1463 */
1464struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1465 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1466
1467 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1468
1469 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1470 const u8 *ssid;
1471 size_t ssid_len;
1472 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1473 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1474 bool privacy;
1475 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1476 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1477 int inactivity_timeout;
1478 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1479 bool p2p_opp_ps;
1480 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1481 bool pbss;
1482 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1483
1484 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1485 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1486 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1487 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1488 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
1489 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
1490 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
1491 bool twt_responder;
1492 u32 flags;
1493 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1494 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1495 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1496 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
1497 u16 punct_bitmap;
1498};
1499
1500
1501/**
1502 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update
1503 *
1504 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP.
1505 *
1506 * @beacon: beacon data
1507 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1508 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1509 */
1510struct cfg80211_ap_update {
1511 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1512 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1513 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1514};
1515
1516/**
1517 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1518 *
1519 * Used for channel switch
1520 *
1521 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1522 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1523 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1524 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1525 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1526 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1527 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1528 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1529 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1530 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1531 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents
1532 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel.
1533 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured.
1534 */
1535struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1536 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1537 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1538 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1539 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1540 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1541 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1542 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1543 bool radar_required;
1544 bool block_tx;
1545 u8 count;
1546 u16 punct_bitmap;
1547};
1548
1549/**
1550 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
1551 *
1552 * Used for bss color change
1553 *
1554 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
1555 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1556 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1557 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
1558 * @count: number of beacons until the color change
1559 * @color: the color used after the change
1560 */
1561struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
1562 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
1563 u16 counter_offset_beacon;
1564 u16 counter_offset_presp;
1565 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
1566 u8 count;
1567 u8 color;
1568};
1569
1570/**
1571 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1572 *
1573 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1574 *
1575 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1576 * to use for verification
1577 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1578 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1579 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1580 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1581 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1582 * nl80211_iftype.
1583 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1584 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1585 * the verification
1586 */
1587struct iface_combination_params {
1588 int num_different_channels;
1589 u8 radar_detect;
1590 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1591 u32 new_beacon_int;
1592};
1593
1594/**
1595 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1596 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1597 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1598 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1599 *
1600 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1601 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1602 */
1603enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1604 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1605 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1606 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1607};
1608
1609/**
1610 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1611 *
1612 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1613 *
1614 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1615 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1616 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1617 * power per-interface or per-station.
1618 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1619 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1620 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1621 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1622 * per peer TPC.
1623 */
1624struct sta_txpwr {
1625 s16 power;
1626 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1627};
1628
1629/**
1630 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
1631 *
1632 * Used to change and create a new link station.
1633 *
1634 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
1635 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
1636 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link
1637 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1638 * (or NULL for no change)
1639 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1640 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1641 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1642 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1643 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1644 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1645 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1646 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1647 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
1648 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1649 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
1650 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
1651 */
1652struct link_station_parameters {
1653 const u8 *mld_mac;
1654 int link_id;
1655 const u8 *link_mac;
1656 const u8 *supported_rates;
1657 u8 supported_rates_len;
1658 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1659 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1660 u8 opmode_notif;
1661 bool opmode_notif_used;
1662 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1663 u8 he_capa_len;
1664 struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1665 bool txpwr_set;
1666 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1667 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
1668 u8 eht_capa_len;
1669};
1670
1671/**
1672 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
1673 *
1674 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
1675 *
1676 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
1677 * @link_id: the link id
1678 */
1679struct link_station_del_parameters {
1680 const u8 *mld_mac;
1681 u32 link_id;
1682};
1683
1684/**
1685 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters
1686 *
1687 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping.
1688 *
1689 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
1690 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
1691 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
1692 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
1693 */
1694struct cfg80211_ttlm_params {
1695 u16 dlink[8];
1696 u16 ulink[8];
1697};
1698
1699/**
1700 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1701 *
1702 * Used to change and create a new station.
1703 *
1704 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1705 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1706 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1707 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1708 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1709 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1710 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1711 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1712 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1713 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1714 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1715 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1716 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1717 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1718 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1719 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1720 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1721 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1722 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1723 * to unknown)
1724 * @capability: station capability
1725 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1726 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1727 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1728 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1729 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1730 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1731 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1732 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1733 * @link_sta_params: link related params.
1734 */
1735struct station_parameters {
1736 struct net_device *vlan;
1737 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1738 u32 sta_modify_mask;
1739 int listen_interval;
1740 u16 aid;
1741 u16 vlan_id;
1742 u16 peer_aid;
1743 u8 plink_action;
1744 u8 plink_state;
1745 u8 uapsd_queues;
1746 u8 max_sp;
1747 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1748 u16 capability;
1749 const u8 *ext_capab;
1750 u8 ext_capab_len;
1751 const u8 *supported_channels;
1752 u8 supported_channels_len;
1753 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1754 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1755 int support_p2p_ps;
1756 u16 airtime_weight;
1757 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
1758};
1759
1760/**
1761 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1762 *
1763 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1764 *
1765 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1766 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1767 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1768 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1769 */
1770struct station_del_parameters {
1771 const u8 *mac;
1772 u8 subtype;
1773 u16 reason_code;
1774};
1775
1776/**
1777 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1778 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1779 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1780 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1781 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1782 * the AP MLME in the device
1783 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1784 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1785 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1786 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1787 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1788 * supported/used)
1789 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1790 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1791 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1792 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1793 */
1794enum cfg80211_station_type {
1795 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1796 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1797 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1798 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1799 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1800 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1801 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1802 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1803 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1804};
1805
1806/**
1807 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1808 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1809 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1810 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1811 *
1812 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1813 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1814 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1815 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1816 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1817 */
1818int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1819 struct station_parameters *params,
1820 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1821
1822/**
1823 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1824 *
1825 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1826 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1827 *
1828 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1829 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1830 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1831 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1832 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1833 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1834 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
1835 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
1836 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS
1837 */
1838enum rate_info_flags {
1839 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1840 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1841 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1842 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
1843 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1844 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
1845 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6),
1846 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7),
1847 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8),
1848};
1849
1850/**
1851 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1852 *
1853 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1854 *
1855 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1856 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1857 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1858 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1859 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1860 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1861 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1862 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
1863 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
1864 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth
1865 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth
1866 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth
1867 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth
1868 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth
1869 */
1870enum rate_info_bw {
1871 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1872 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1873 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1874 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1875 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1876 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1877 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1878 RATE_INFO_BW_320,
1879 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
1880 RATE_INFO_BW_1,
1881 RATE_INFO_BW_2,
1882 RATE_INFO_BW_4,
1883 RATE_INFO_BW_8,
1884 RATE_INFO_BW_16,
1885};
1886
1887/**
1888 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1889 *
1890 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1891 *
1892 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1893 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1894 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate
1895 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1896 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1897 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1898 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1899 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1900 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1901 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1902 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
1903 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
1904 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
1905 */
1906struct rate_info {
1907 u16 flags;
1908 u16 legacy;
1909 u8 mcs;
1910 u8 nss;
1911 u8 bw;
1912 u8 he_gi;
1913 u8 he_dcm;
1914 u8 he_ru_alloc;
1915 u8 n_bonded_ch;
1916 u8 eht_gi;
1917 u8 eht_ru_alloc;
1918};
1919
1920/**
1921 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1922 *
1923 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1924 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1925 *
1926 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1927 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1928 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1929 */
1930enum bss_param_flags {
1931 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1932 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1933 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1934};
1935
1936/**
1937 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1938 *
1939 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1940 *
1941 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1942 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1943 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1944 */
1945struct sta_bss_parameters {
1946 u8 flags;
1947 u8 dtim_period;
1948 u16 beacon_interval;
1949};
1950
1951/**
1952 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1953 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1954 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1955 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1956 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1957 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1958 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1959 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1960 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1961 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1962 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1963 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1964 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1965 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1966 */
1967struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1968 u32 filled;
1969 u32 backlog_bytes;
1970 u32 backlog_packets;
1971 u32 flows;
1972 u32 drops;
1973 u32 ecn_marks;
1974 u32 overlimit;
1975 u32 overmemory;
1976 u32 collisions;
1977 u32 tx_bytes;
1978 u32 tx_packets;
1979 u32 max_flows;
1980};
1981
1982/**
1983 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1984 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1985 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1986 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1987 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1988 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1989 * transmitted MSDUs
1990 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1991 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1992 */
1993struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1994 u32 filled;
1995 u64 rx_msdu;
1996 u64 tx_msdu;
1997 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1998 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1999 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
2000};
2001
2002#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
2003
2004/**
2005 * struct station_info - station information
2006 *
2007 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
2008 *
2009 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
2010 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
2011 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
2012 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
2013 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
2014 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
2015 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
2016 * @llid: mesh local link id
2017 * @plid: mesh peer link id
2018 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
2019 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
2020 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
2021 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
2022 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
2023 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
2024 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
2025 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
2026 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
2027 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
2028 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
2029 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
2030 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
2031 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
2032 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
2033 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
2034 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
2035 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
2036 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
2037 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
2038 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
2039 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
2040 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
2041 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
2042 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
2043 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
2044 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
2045 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
2046 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
2047 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
2048 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
2049 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
2050 * towards this station.
2051 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
2052 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
2053 * from this peer
2054 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
2055 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
2056 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
2057 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
2058 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
2059 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
2060 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
2061 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
2062 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
2063 * been sent.
2064 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
2065 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
2066 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
2067 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
2068 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
2069 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
2070 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled
2071 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP
2072 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this
2073 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
2074 * dump_station() callbacks.
2075 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station
2076 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO
2077 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD.
2078 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station.
2079 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros.
2080 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response.
2081 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user
2082 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the
2083 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't
2084 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
2085 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine
2086 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station.
2087 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets.
2088 */
2089struct station_info {
2090 u64 filled;
2091 u32 connected_time;
2092 u32 inactive_time;
2093 u64 assoc_at;
2094 u64 rx_bytes;
2095 u64 tx_bytes;
2096 u16 llid;
2097 u16 plid;
2098 u8 plink_state;
2099 s8 signal;
2100 s8 signal_avg;
2101
2102 u8 chains;
2103 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2104 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2105
2106 struct rate_info txrate;
2107 struct rate_info rxrate;
2108 u32 rx_packets;
2109 u32 tx_packets;
2110 u32 tx_retries;
2111 u32 tx_failed;
2112 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
2113 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
2114 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
2115
2116 int generation;
2117
2118 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
2119 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
2120
2121 u32 beacon_loss_count;
2122 s64 t_offset;
2123 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
2124 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
2125 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
2126
2127 u32 expected_throughput;
2128
2129 u64 tx_duration;
2130 u64 rx_duration;
2131 u64 rx_beacon;
2132 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
2133 u8 connected_to_gate;
2134
2135 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
2136 s8 ack_signal;
2137 s8 avg_ack_signal;
2138
2139 u16 airtime_weight;
2140
2141 u32 rx_mpdu_count;
2142 u32 fcs_err_count;
2143
2144 u32 airtime_link_metric;
2145
2146 u8 connected_to_as;
2147
2148 bool mlo_params_valid;
2149 u8 assoc_link_id;
2150 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2151 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
2152 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
2153};
2154
2155/**
2156 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
2157 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
2158 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
2159 */
2160struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
2161 s32 power;
2162 u32 freq_range_index;
2163};
2164
2165/**
2166 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
2167 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
2168 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
2169 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
2170 */
2171struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
2172 enum nl80211_sar_type type;
2173 u32 num_sub_specs;
2174 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[];
2175};
2176
2177
2178/**
2179 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
2180 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency
2181 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency
2182 */
2183struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
2184 u32 start_freq;
2185 u32 end_freq;
2186};
2187
2188/**
2189 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
2190 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
2191 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
2192 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
2193 *
2194 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
2195 * range to small ones and then append them.
2196 */
2197struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
2198 enum nl80211_sar_type type;
2199 u32 num_freq_ranges;
2200 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
2201};
2202
2203#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
2204/**
2205 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
2206 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
2207 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
2208 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
2209 *
2210 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
2211 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
2212 * considered undefined.
2213 */
2214int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
2215 struct station_info *sinfo);
2216#else
2217static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
2218 const u8 *mac_addr,
2219 struct station_info *sinfo)
2220{
2221 return -ENOENT;
2222}
2223#endif
2224
2225/**
2226 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
2227 *
2228 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
2229 * according to the nl80211 flags.
2230 *
2231 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
2232 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
2233 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
2234 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
2235 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
2236 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
2237 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
2238 */
2239enum monitor_flags {
2240 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
2241 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
2242 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
2243 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
2244 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
2245 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
2246 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
2247};
2248
2249/**
2250 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
2251 *
2252 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
2253 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
2254 *
2255 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
2256 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
2257 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
2258 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
2259 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
2260 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
2261 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
2262 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
2263 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
2264 */
2265enum mpath_info_flags {
2266 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
2267 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
2268 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
2269 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
2270 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
2271 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
2272 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
2273 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
2274 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
2275};
2276
2277/**
2278 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
2279 *
2280 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
2281 *
2282 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
2283 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
2284 * @sn: target sequence number
2285 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2286 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
2287 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags
2288 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
2289 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
2290 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
2291 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
2292 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
2293 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
2294 * @hop_count: hops to destination
2295 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
2296 */
2297struct mpath_info {
2298 u32 filled;
2299 u32 frame_qlen;
2300 u32 sn;
2301 u32 metric;
2302 u32 exptime;
2303 u32 discovery_timeout;
2304 u8 discovery_retries;
2305 u8 flags;
2306 u8 hop_count;
2307 u32 path_change_count;
2308
2309 int generation;
2310};
2311
2312/**
2313 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
2314 *
2315 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
2316 *
2317 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
2318 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
2319 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2320 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
2321 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2322 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
2323 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2324 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
2325 * (or NULL for no change)
2326 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
2327 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
2328 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2329 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
2330 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
2331 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
2332 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
2333 */
2334struct bss_parameters {
2335 int link_id;
2336 int use_cts_prot;
2337 int use_short_preamble;
2338 int use_short_slot_time;
2339 const u8 *basic_rates;
2340 u8 basic_rates_len;
2341 int ap_isolate;
2342 int ht_opmode;
2343 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
2344};
2345
2346/**
2347 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
2348 *
2349 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
2350 *
2351 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
2352 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
2353 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
2354 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
2355 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
2356 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
2357 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
2358 * mesh interface
2359 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
2360 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
2361 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
2362 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
2363 * elements
2364 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
2365 * detect compatible mesh peers
2366 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
2367 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
2368 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
2369 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
2370 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
2371 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
2372 * a path discovery in milliseconds
2373 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2374 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
2375 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
2376 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
2377 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
2378 * element
2379 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
2380 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
2381 * element
2382 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
2383 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
2384 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
2385 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
2386 * announcements are transmitted
2387 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
2388 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
2389 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
2390 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
2391 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
2392 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
2393 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
2394 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
2395 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
2396 * station to establish a peer link
2397 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
2398 *
2399 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2400 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
2401 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
2402 *
2403 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
2404 * PREQs are transmitted.
2405 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
2406 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
2407 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
2408 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
2409 * setting for new peer links.
2410 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
2411 * after transmitting its beacon.
2412 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
2413 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
2414 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
2415 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
2416 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
2417 * in the mesh formation field.
2418 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
2419 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
2420 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
2421 * in the mesh path table
2422 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
2423 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
2424 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
2425 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
2426 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
2427 */
2428struct mesh_config {
2429 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
2430 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
2431 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
2432 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
2433 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
2434 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
2435 u8 element_ttl;
2436 bool auto_open_plinks;
2437 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
2438 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
2439 u32 path_refresh_time;
2440 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
2441 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
2442 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
2443 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
2444 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
2445 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
2446 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
2447 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
2448 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
2449 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
2450 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
2451 s32 rssi_threshold;
2452 u16 ht_opmode;
2453 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
2454 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
2455 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
2456 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
2457 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
2458 u32 plink_timeout;
2459 bool dot11MeshNolearn;
2460};
2461
2462/**
2463 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
2464 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2465 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
2466 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
2467 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
2468 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
2469 * @path_metric: which metric to use
2470 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
2471 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
2472 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
2473 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
2474 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
2475 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
2476 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
2477 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2478 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2479 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2480 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2481 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2482 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2483 * to operate on DFS channels.
2484 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2485 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2486 *
2487 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2488 */
2489struct mesh_setup {
2490 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2491 const u8 *mesh_id;
2492 u8 mesh_id_len;
2493 u8 sync_method;
2494 u8 path_sel_proto;
2495 u8 path_metric;
2496 u8 auth_id;
2497 const u8 *ie;
2498 u8 ie_len;
2499 bool is_authenticated;
2500 bool is_secure;
2501 bool user_mpm;
2502 u8 dtim_period;
2503 u16 beacon_interval;
2504 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2505 u32 basic_rates;
2506 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
2507 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2508 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2509};
2510
2511/**
2512 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2513 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2514 *
2515 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2516 */
2517struct ocb_setup {
2518 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2519};
2520
2521/**
2522 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2523 * @ac: AC identifier
2524 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2525 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2526 * 1..32767]
2527 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2528 * 1..32767]
2529 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2530 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
2531 */
2532struct ieee80211_txq_params {
2533 enum nl80211_ac ac;
2534 u16 txop;
2535 u16 cwmin;
2536 u16 cwmax;
2537 u8 aifs;
2538 int link_id;
2539};
2540
2541/**
2542 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2543 *
2544 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2545 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2546 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2547 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2548 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2549 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2550 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2551 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2552 * in the wiphy structure.
2553 *
2554 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2555 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2556 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2557 *
2558 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2559 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2560 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2561 * to userspace.
2562 */
2563
2564/**
2565 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2566 * @ssid: the SSID
2567 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2568 */
2569struct cfg80211_ssid {
2570 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2571 u8 ssid_len;
2572};
2573
2574/**
2575 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2576 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2577 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2578 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
2579 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2580 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2581 * userspace will be notified of that
2582 */
2583struct cfg80211_scan_info {
2584 u64 scan_start_tsf;
2585 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2586 bool aborted;
2587};
2588
2589/**
2590 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2591 *
2592 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
2593 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2594 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2595 * which the above info is relevant to
2596 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2597 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
2598 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2599 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2600 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value.
2601 */
2602struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
2603 u32 short_ssid;
2604 u32 channel_idx;
2605 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2606 bool unsolicited_probe;
2607 bool short_ssid_valid;
2608 bool psc_no_listen;
2609 s8 psd_20;
2610};
2611
2612/**
2613 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2614 *
2615 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2616 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2617 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2618 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2619 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2620 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2621 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2622 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2623 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2624 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2625 * %duration field.
2626 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
2627 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2628 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2629 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2630 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2631 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2632 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2633 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2634 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2635 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2636 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2637 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2638 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2639 * true if this is the second scan request
2640 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2641 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2642 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2643 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be
2644 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference.
2645 */
2646struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2647 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2648 int n_ssids;
2649 u32 n_channels;
2650 const u8 *ie;
2651 size_t ie_len;
2652 u16 duration;
2653 bool duration_mandatory;
2654 u32 flags;
2655
2656 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2657
2658 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2659
2660 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2661 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2662 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2663
2664 /* internal */
2665 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2666 unsigned long scan_start;
2667 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2668 bool notified;
2669 bool no_cck;
2670 bool scan_6ghz;
2671 u32 n_6ghz_params;
2672 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
2673 s8 tsf_report_link_id;
2674
2675 /* keep last */
2676 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
2677};
2678
2679static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2680{
2681 int i;
2682
2683 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2684 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2685 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2686 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2687 }
2688}
2689
2690/**
2691 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2692 *
2693 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2694 * or no match (RSSI only)
2695 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2696 * or no match (RSSI only)
2697 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2698 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2699 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertise this support
2700 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2701 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2702 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2703 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2704 * corresponding matchset.
2705 */
2706struct cfg80211_match_set {
2707 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2708 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2709 s32 rssi_thold;
2710 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2711};
2712
2713/**
2714 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2715 *
2716 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2717 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2718 * infinite loop.
2719 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2720 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2721 */
2722struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2723 u32 interval;
2724 u32 iterations;
2725};
2726
2727/**
2728 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2729 *
2730 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2731 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2732 */
2733struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2734 enum nl80211_band band;
2735 s8 delta;
2736};
2737
2738/**
2739 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2740 *
2741 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2742 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2743 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2744 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2745 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2746 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2747 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
2748 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2749 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2750 * (others are filtered out).
2751 * If omitted, all results are passed.
2752 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2753 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2754 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2755 * @dev: the interface
2756 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2757 * @channels: channels to scan
2758 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2759 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2760 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2761 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2762 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2763 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2764 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2765 * index must be executed first.
2766 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2767 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2768 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2769 * owned by a particular socket)
2770 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2771 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2772 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2773 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2774 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2775 * supported.
2776 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2777 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2778 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2779 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2780 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2781 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2782 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2783 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2784 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2785 * comparisons.
2786 */
2787struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2788 u64 reqid;
2789 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2790 int n_ssids;
2791 u32 n_channels;
2792 const u8 *ie;
2793 size_t ie_len;
2794 u32 flags;
2795 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2796 int n_match_sets;
2797 s32 min_rssi_thold;
2798 u32 delay;
2799 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2800 int n_scan_plans;
2801
2802 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2803 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2804
2805 bool relative_rssi_set;
2806 s8 relative_rssi;
2807 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2808
2809 /* internal */
2810 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2811 struct net_device *dev;
2812 unsigned long scan_start;
2813 bool report_results;
2814 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2815 u32 owner_nlportid;
2816 bool nl_owner_dead;
2817 struct list_head list;
2818
2819 /* keep last */
2820 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2821};
2822
2823/**
2824 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2825 *
2826 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2827 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2828 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2829 */
2830enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2831 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2832 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2833 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2834};
2835
2836/**
2837 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2838 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2839 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2840 * signal type
2841 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2842 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2843 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2844 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2845 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2846 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2847 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2848 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2849 * by %parent_bssid.
2850 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2851 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2852 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2853 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2854 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is
2855 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
2856 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
2857 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
2858 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
2859 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
2860 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
2861 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss
2862 */
2863struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2864 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2865 s32 signal;
2866 u64 boottime_ns;
2867 u64 parent_tsf;
2868 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2869 u8 chains;
2870 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2871
2872 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7;
2873 u8 cannot_use_reasons;
2874
2875 void *drv_data;
2876};
2877
2878/**
2879 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2880 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2881 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2882 * @len: length of the IEs
2883 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2884 * @data: IE data
2885 */
2886struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2887 u64 tsf;
2888 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2889 int len;
2890 bool from_beacon;
2891 u8 data[];
2892};
2893
2894/**
2895 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2896 *
2897 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2898 * for use in scan results and similar.
2899 *
2900 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2901 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2902 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2903 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2904 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2905 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2906 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2907 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2908 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2909 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2910 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2911 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2912 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2913 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame,
2914 * cannot rely on it having valid data
2915 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2916 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2917 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2918 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2919 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2920 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2921 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2922 * (multi-BSSID support)
2923 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2924 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2925 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2926 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2927 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2928 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
2929 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
2930 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
2931 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
2932 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
2933 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2934 */
2935struct cfg80211_bss {
2936 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2937
2938 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2939 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2940 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2941
2942 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2943 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2944 struct list_head nontrans_list;
2945
2946 s32 signal;
2947
2948 u16 beacon_interval;
2949 u16 capability;
2950
2951 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2952 u8 chains;
2953 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2954
2955 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1;
2956
2957 u8 bssid_index;
2958 u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2959
2960 u8 use_for;
2961 u8 cannot_use_reasons;
2962
2963 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2964};
2965
2966/**
2967 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2968 * @bss: the bss to search
2969 * @id: the element ID
2970 *
2971 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2972 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2973 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2974 */
2975const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2976
2977/**
2978 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2979 * @bss: the bss to search
2980 * @id: the element ID
2981 *
2982 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2983 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2984 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2985 */
2986static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2987{
2988 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2989}
2990
2991
2992/**
2993 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2994 *
2995 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2996 * authentication.
2997 *
2998 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2999 * to it if it needs to keep it.
3000 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
3001 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
3002 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3003 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
3004 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
3005 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
3006 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
3007 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
3008 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
3009 * transaction sequence number field.
3010 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
3011 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
3012 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
3013 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
3014 * given an MLD address) by the driver
3015 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
3016 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
3017 */
3018struct cfg80211_auth_request {
3019 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3020 const u8 *ie;
3021 size_t ie_len;
3022 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
3023 const u8 *key;
3024 u8 key_len;
3025 s8 key_idx;
3026 const u8 *auth_data;
3027 size_t auth_data_len;
3028 s8 link_id;
3029 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
3030};
3031
3032/**
3033 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
3034 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
3035 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
3036 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
3037 * @elems_len: length of the elements
3038 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it
3039 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD.
3040 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the
3041 * operation as a whole must fail.
3042 */
3043struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
3044 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3045 const u8 *elems;
3046 size_t elems_len;
3047 bool disabled;
3048 int error;
3049};
3050
3051/**
3052 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
3053 *
3054 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
3055 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
3056 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
3057 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
3058 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
3059 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
3060 * request (connect callback).
3061 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE
3062 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT
3063 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
3064 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
3065 * flag is not set.
3066 */
3067enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
3068 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
3069 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
3070 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
3071 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
3072 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4),
3073 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5),
3074 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6),
3075};
3076
3077/**
3078 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
3079 *
3080 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3081 * (re)association.
3082 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
3083 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
3084 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
3085 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
3086 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
3087 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
3088 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
3089 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3090 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
3091 * @crypto: crypto settings
3092 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
3093 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
3094 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
3095 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
3096 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
3097 * frame.
3098 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
3099 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3100 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3101 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3102 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
3103 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
3104 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
3105 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
3106 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
3107 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
3108 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
3109 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
3110 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
3111 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
3112 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections
3113 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
3114 * the link on which the association request should be sent
3115 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
3116 * valid iff @link_id >= 0
3117 */
3118struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
3119 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3120 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
3121 size_t ie_len;
3122 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
3123 bool use_mfp;
3124 u32 flags;
3125 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3126 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3127 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
3128 const u8 *fils_kek;
3129 size_t fils_kek_len;
3130 const u8 *fils_nonces;
3131 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
3132 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
3133 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
3134 s8 link_id;
3135};
3136
3137/**
3138 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
3139 *
3140 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3141 * deauthentication.
3142 *
3143 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
3144 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
3145 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3146 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
3147 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
3148 * do not set a deauth frame
3149 */
3150struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
3151 const u8 *bssid;
3152 const u8 *ie;
3153 size_t ie_len;
3154 u16 reason_code;
3155 bool local_state_change;
3156};
3157
3158/**
3159 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
3160 *
3161 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3162 * disassociation.
3163 *
3164 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
3165 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
3166 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3167 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
3168 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
3169 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
3170 */
3171struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
3172 const u8 *ap_addr;
3173 const u8 *ie;
3174 size_t ie_len;
3175 u16 reason_code;
3176 bool local_state_change;
3177};
3178
3179/**
3180 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
3181 *
3182 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
3183 * method.
3184 *
3185 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
3186 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
3187 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
3188 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
3189 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
3190 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
3191 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
3192 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
3193 * @ie_len: length of that
3194 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
3195 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
3196 * after joining
3197 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
3198 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
3199 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
3200 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
3201 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
3202 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
3203 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
3204 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
3205 * to operate on DFS channels.
3206 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
3207 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
3208 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3209 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3210 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3211 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
3212 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
3213 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
3214 */
3215struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
3216 const u8 *ssid;
3217 const u8 *bssid;
3218 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3219 const u8 *ie;
3220 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
3221 u16 beacon_interval;
3222 u32 basic_rates;
3223 bool channel_fixed;
3224 bool privacy;
3225 bool control_port;
3226 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
3227 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
3228 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
3229 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3230 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3231 struct key_params *wep_keys;
3232 int wep_tx_key;
3233};
3234
3235/**
3236 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
3237 *
3238 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
3239 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
3240 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
3241 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
3242 */
3243struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
3244 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
3245 union {
3246 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
3247 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
3248 } param;
3249};
3250
3251/**
3252 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
3253 *
3254 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3255 * authentication and association.
3256 *
3257 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
3258 * on scan results)
3259 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
3260 * %NULL if not specified
3261 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
3262 * results)
3263 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
3264 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
3265 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
3266 * to use.
3267 * @ssid: SSID
3268 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
3269 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
3270 * @ie: IEs for association request
3271 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
3272 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
3273 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
3274 * @crypto: crypto settings
3275 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
3276 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
3277 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
3278 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
3279 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
3280 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
3281 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3282 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3283 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3284 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
3285 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
3286 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
3287 * networks.
3288 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
3289 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
3290 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
3291 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
3292 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
3293 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
3294 * frame.
3295 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
3296 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
3297 * data IE.
3298 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
3299 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
3300 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
3301 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
3302 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
3303 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
3304 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
3305 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
3306 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
3307 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
3308 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
3309 * offload of 4-way handshake.
3310 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
3311 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
3312 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
3313 */
3314struct cfg80211_connect_params {
3315 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
3316 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
3317 const u8 *bssid;
3318 const u8 *bssid_hint;
3319 const u8 *ssid;
3320 size_t ssid_len;
3321 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
3322 const u8 *ie;
3323 size_t ie_len;
3324 bool privacy;
3325 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
3326 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
3327 const u8 *key;
3328 u8 key_len, key_idx;
3329 u32 flags;
3330 int bg_scan_period;
3331 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3332 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3333 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
3334 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
3335 bool pbss;
3336 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
3337 const u8 *prev_bssid;
3338 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
3339 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
3340 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
3341 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
3342 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
3343 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
3344 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
3345 bool want_1x;
3346 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
3347};
3348
3349/**
3350 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
3351 *
3352 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
3353 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
3354 *
3355 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
3356 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
3357 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
3358 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
3359 */
3360enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
3361 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
3362 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
3363 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
3364};
3365
3366/**
3367 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
3368 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
3369 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
3370 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
3371 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
3372 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
3373 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
3374 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
3375 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
3376 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
3377 */
3378enum wiphy_params_flags {
3379 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
3380 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
3381 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
3382 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
3383 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
3384 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
3385 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
3386 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
3387 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
3388};
3389
3390#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
3391
3392/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
3393#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
3394#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
3395
3396/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
3397#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
3398
3399/**
3400 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
3401 *
3402 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
3403 * caching.
3404 *
3405 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
3406 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3407 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
3408 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
3409 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
3410 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
3411 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
3412 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
3413 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
3414 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
3415 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
3416 * %NULL).
3417 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
3418 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
3419 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
3420 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
3421 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
3422 * used for it expires.
3423 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
3424 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
3425 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
3426 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
3427 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
3428 */
3429struct cfg80211_pmksa {
3430 const u8 *bssid;
3431 const u8 *pmkid;
3432 const u8 *pmk;
3433 size_t pmk_len;
3434 const u8 *ssid;
3435 size_t ssid_len;
3436 const u8 *cache_id;
3437 u32 pmk_lifetime;
3438 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
3439};
3440
3441/**
3442 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
3443 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
3444 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
3445 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
3446 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
3447 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
3448 *
3449 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
3450 * memory, free @mask only!
3451 */
3452struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
3453 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
3454 int pattern_len;
3455 int pkt_offset;
3456};
3457
3458/**
3459 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
3460 *
3461 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
3462 * @src: source IP address
3463 * @dst: destination IP address
3464 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
3465 * @src_port: source port
3466 * @dst_port: destination port
3467 * @payload_len: data payload length
3468 * @payload: data payload buffer
3469 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
3470 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
3471 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
3472 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
3473 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
3474 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
3475 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
3476 */
3477struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
3478 struct socket *sock;
3479 __be32 src, dst;
3480 u16 src_port, dst_port;
3481 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
3482 int payload_len;
3483 const u8 *payload;
3484 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
3485 u32 data_interval;
3486 u32 wake_len;
3487 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
3488 u32 tokens_size;
3489 /* must be last, variable member */
3490 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
3491};
3492
3493/**
3494 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
3495 *
3496 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
3497 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
3498 * operating as normal during suspend
3499 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
3500 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
3501 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
3502 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3503 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
3504 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
3505 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
3506 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
3507 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
3508 * NULL if not configured.
3509 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
3510 */
3511struct cfg80211_wowlan {
3512 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3513 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3514 rfkill_release;
3515 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3516 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
3517 int n_patterns;
3518 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
3519};
3520
3521/**
3522 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
3523 *
3524 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
3525 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
3526 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
3527 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3528 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
3529 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3530 */
3531struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
3532 int delay;
3533 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
3534 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3535 int n_patterns;
3536};
3537
3538/**
3539 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
3540 *
3541 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
3542 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
3543 * @n_rules: number of rules
3544 */
3545struct cfg80211_coalesce {
3546 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
3547 int n_rules;
3548};
3549
3550/**
3551 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3552 *
3553 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3554 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
3555 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3556 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3557 * occurred (in MHz)
3558 */
3559struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
3560 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3561 int n_channels;
3562 u32 channels[];
3563};
3564
3565/**
3566 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3567 *
3568 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3569 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3570 * match information.
3571 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3572 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
3573 */
3574struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
3575 int n_matches;
3576 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
3577};
3578
3579/**
3580 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3581 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3582 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3583 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3584 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3585 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3586 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3587 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3588 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3589 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3590 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3591 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3592 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3593 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3594 * it is.
3595 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3596 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3597 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3598 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3599 */
3600struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
3601 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3602 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3603 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
3604 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
3605 s32 pattern_idx;
3606 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
3607 const void *packet;
3608 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
3609};
3610
3611/**
3612 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3613 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3614 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3615 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3616 * @kek_len: length of kek
3617 * @kck_len: length of kck
3618 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3619 */
3620struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
3621 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
3622 u32 akm;
3623 u8 kek_len, kck_len;
3624};
3625
3626/**
3627 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3628 *
3629 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3630 *
3631 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3632 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3633 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3634 */
3635struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
3636 u16 md;
3637 const u8 *ie;
3638 size_t ie_len;
3639};
3640
3641/**
3642 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3643 *
3644 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3645 *
3646 * @chan: channel to use
3647 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required
3648 * @wait: duration for ROC
3649 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3650 * @len: buffer length
3651 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3652 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3653 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3654 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3655 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
3656 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
3657 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
3658 */
3659struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
3660 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
3661 bool offchan;
3662 unsigned int wait;
3663 const u8 *buf;
3664 size_t len;
3665 bool no_cck;
3666 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
3667 int n_csa_offsets;
3668 const u16 *csa_offsets;
3669 int link_id;
3670};
3671
3672/**
3673 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3674 *
3675 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3676 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3677 */
3678struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
3679 u8 dscp;
3680 u8 up;
3681};
3682
3683/**
3684 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3685 *
3686 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3687 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3688 */
3689struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
3690 u8 low;
3691 u8 high;
3692};
3693
3694/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3695#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
3696#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
3697#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3698 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3699
3700/**
3701 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3702 *
3703 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3704 *
3705 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3706 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3707 * the user priority DSCP range definition
3708 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3709 */
3710struct cfg80211_qos_map {
3711 u8 num_des;
3712 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
3713 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
3714};
3715
3716/**
3717 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3718 *
3719 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3720 *
3721 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3722 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3723 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3724 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3725 */
3726struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3727 u8 master_pref;
3728 u8 bands;
3729};
3730
3731/**
3732 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3733 * configuration
3734 *
3735 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3736 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3737 */
3738enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3739 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3740 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3741};
3742
3743/**
3744 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3745 *
3746 * @filter: the content of the filter
3747 * @len: the length of the filter
3748 */
3749struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3750 const u8 *filter;
3751 u8 len;
3752};
3753
3754/**
3755 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3756 *
3757 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3758 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3759 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3760 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3761 * implementation specific.
3762 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3763 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3764 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3765 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up
3766 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3767 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3768 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3769 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3770 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3771 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3772 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3773 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3774 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3775 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3776 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3777 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3778 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3779 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3780 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3781 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3782 */
3783struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3784 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3785 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3786 u8 publish_type;
3787 bool close_range;
3788 bool publish_bcast;
3789 bool subscribe_active;
3790 u8 followup_id;
3791 u8 followup_reqid;
3792 struct mac_address followup_dest;
3793 u32 ttl;
3794 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3795 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3796 bool srf_include;
3797 const u8 *srf_bf;
3798 u8 srf_bf_len;
3799 u8 srf_bf_idx;
3800 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3801 int srf_num_macs;
3802 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3803 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3804 u8 num_tx_filters;
3805 u8 num_rx_filters;
3806 u8 instance_id;
3807 u64 cookie;
3808};
3809
3810/**
3811 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3812 *
3813 * @aa: authenticator address
3814 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3815 * @pmk: the PMK material
3816 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3817 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3818 * holds PMK-R0.
3819 */
3820struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3821 const u8 *aa;
3822 u8 pmk_len;
3823 const u8 *pmk;
3824 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3825};
3826
3827/**
3828 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3829 *
3830 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3831 *
3832 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3833 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3834 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3835 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3836 * authentication response command interface.
3837 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3838 * authentication response command interface.
3839 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3840 * authentication request event interface.
3841 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3842 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3843 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3844 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3845 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3846 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event
3847 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication
3848 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
3849 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space
3850 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload.
3851 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the
3852 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space
3853 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of
3854 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver
3855 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link
3856 * chosen for the authentication.
3857 */
3858struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3859 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3860 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3861 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3862 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3863 u16 status;
3864 const u8 *pmkid;
3865 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3866};
3867
3868/**
3869 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3870 *
3871 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3872 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3873 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3874 * answered
3875 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3876 * successfully answered
3877 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3878 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3879 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3880 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3881 * of how much time the responder was busy
3882 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3883 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3884 * the responder
3885 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3886 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3887 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3888 */
3889struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3890 u32 filled;
3891 u32 success_num;
3892 u32 partial_num;
3893 u32 failed_num;
3894 u32 asap_num;
3895 u32 non_asap_num;
3896 u64 total_duration_ms;
3897 u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3898 u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3899 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3900};
3901
3902/**
3903 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3904 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3905 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3906 * reason than just "failure"
3907 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3908 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3909 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3910 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3911 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3912 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3913 * by the responder
3914 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3915 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3916 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3917 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3918 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3919 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3920 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3921 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3922 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3923 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3924 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3925 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3926 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3927 * the square root of the variance)
3928 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3929 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3930 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3931 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3932 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3933 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3934 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3935 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3936 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3937 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3938 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3939 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3940 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3941 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3942 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3943 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3944 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3945 */
3946struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3947 const u8 *lci;
3948 const u8 *civicloc;
3949 unsigned int lci_len;
3950 unsigned int civicloc_len;
3951 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3952 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3953 s16 burst_index;
3954 u8 busy_retry_time;
3955 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3956 u8 burst_duration;
3957 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3958 s32 rssi_avg;
3959 s32 rssi_spread;
3960 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3961 s64 rtt_avg;
3962 s64 rtt_variance;
3963 s64 rtt_spread;
3964 s64 dist_avg;
3965 s64 dist_variance;
3966 s64 dist_spread;
3967
3968 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3969 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3970 rssi_avg_valid:1,
3971 rssi_spread_valid:1,
3972 tx_rate_valid:1,
3973 rx_rate_valid:1,
3974 rtt_avg_valid:1,
3975 rtt_variance_valid:1,
3976 rtt_spread_valid:1,
3977 dist_avg_valid:1,
3978 dist_variance_valid:1,
3979 dist_spread_valid:1;
3980};
3981
3982/**
3983 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3984 * @addr: address of the peer
3985 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3986 * measurement was made)
3987 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3988 * @status: status of the measurement
3989 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3990 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3991 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3992 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3993 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3994 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3995 * @ftm: FTM result
3996 */
3997struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3998 u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3999 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
4000
4001 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
4002
4003 u8 final:1,
4004 ap_tsf_valid:1;
4005
4006 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
4007
4008 union {
4009 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
4010 };
4011};
4012
4013/**
4014 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
4015 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
4016 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
4017 * @burst_period: burst period to use
4018 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
4019 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
4020 * @burst_duration: burst duration
4021 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
4022 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
4023 * @request_lci: request LCI information
4024 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
4025 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
4026 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
4027 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
4028 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
4029 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
4030 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
4031 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
4032 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
4033 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
4034 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
4035 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
4036 *
4037 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
4038 */
4039struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
4040 enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
4041 u16 burst_period;
4042 u8 requested:1,
4043 asap:1,
4044 request_lci:1,
4045 request_civicloc:1,
4046 trigger_based:1,
4047 non_trigger_based:1,
4048 lmr_feedback:1;
4049 u8 num_bursts_exp;
4050 u8 burst_duration;
4051 u8 ftms_per_burst;
4052 u8 ftmr_retries;
4053 u8 bss_color;
4054};
4055
4056/**
4057 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
4058 * @addr: MAC address
4059 * @chandef: channel to use
4060 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
4061 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
4062 */
4063struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
4064 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
4065 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4066 u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
4067 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
4068};
4069
4070/**
4071 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
4072 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
4073 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
4074 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
4075 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
4076 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
4077 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
4078 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
4079 * be taken from the @mac_addr
4080 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
4081 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
4082 * zero it means there's no timeout
4083 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
4084 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
4085 */
4086struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
4087 u64 cookie;
4088 void *drv_data;
4089 u32 n_peers;
4090 u32 nl_portid;
4091
4092 u32 timeout;
4093
4094 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4095 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4096
4097 struct list_head list;
4098
4099 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers);
4100};
4101
4102/**
4103 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
4104 *
4105 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
4106 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
4107 *
4108 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
4109 *
4110 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
4111 * has to be done.
4112 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
4113 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
4114 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
4115 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
4116 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
4117 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
4118 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
4119 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
4120 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested
4121 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station
4122 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it
4123 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space).
4124 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO
4125 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when
4126 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only
4127 * with OWE update event (driver to user space).
4128 */
4129struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
4130 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4131 u16 status;
4132 const u8 *ie;
4133 size_t ie_len;
4134 int assoc_link_id;
4135 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4136};
4137
4138/**
4139 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
4140 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
4141 * for the entire device
4142 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
4143 * for the given interface
4144 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
4145 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
4146 * for these subtypes
4147 */
4148struct mgmt_frame_regs {
4149 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
4150 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
4151};
4152
4153/**
4154 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
4155 *
4156 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
4157 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
4158 *
4159 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
4160 * on success or a negative error code.
4161 *
4162 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
4163 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
4164 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
4165 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
4166 *
4167 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
4168 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
4169 * configured for the device.
4170 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
4171 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
4172 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
4173 * the device.
4174 *
4175 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
4176 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
4177 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
4178 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
4179 * also set the address member in the wdev.
4180 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4181 *
4182 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
4183 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4184 *
4185 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
4186 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
4187 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4188 *
4189 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
4190 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
4191 * address is available.
4192 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
4193 *
4194 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
4195 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
4196 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
4197 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
4198 *
4199 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
4200 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
4201 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
4202 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
4203 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
4204 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
4205 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
4206 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
4207 *
4208 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
4209 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
4210 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
4211 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
4212 * address for MLO pairwise key.
4213 *
4214 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
4215 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4216 *
4217 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
4218 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4219 *
4220 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
4221 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4222 *
4223 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
4224 *
4225 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
4226 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
4227 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
4228 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
4229 *
4230 * @add_station: Add a new station.
4231 * @del_station: Remove a station
4232 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
4233 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
4234 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
4235 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
4236 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
4237 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
4238 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4239 *
4240 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
4241 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
4242 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
4243 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
4244 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4245 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
4246 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4247 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
4248 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4249 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
4250 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4251 *
4252 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
4253 *
4254 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
4255 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
4256 * set, and which to leave alone.
4257 *
4258 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
4259 *
4260 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data
4261 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called
4262 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock.
4263 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside
4264 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss.
4265 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed.
4266 *
4267 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
4268 *
4269 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
4270 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
4271 * join the mesh instead.
4272 *
4273 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
4274 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
4275 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
4276 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
4277 *
4278 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
4279 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
4280 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
4281 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
4282 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
4283 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
4284 *
4285 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
4286 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4287 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
4288 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4289 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
4290 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4291 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
4292 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4293 *
4294 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
4295 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
4296 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
4297 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
4298 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
4299 * was received.
4300 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
4301 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
4302 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
4303 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
4304 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
4305 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
4306 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
4307 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
4308 * indication of requesting reassociation.
4309 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
4310 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
4311 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4312 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
4313 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
4314 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
4315 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
4316 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
4317 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
4318 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
4319 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4320 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
4321 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
4322 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
4323 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
4324 *
4325 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
4326 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
4327 * to a merge.
4328 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4329 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
4330 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4331 *
4332 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
4333 * MESH mode)
4334 *
4335 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
4336 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
4337 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
4338 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
4339 *
4340 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
4341 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
4342 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
4343 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
4344 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
4345 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
4346 * return 0 if successful
4347 *
4348 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
4349 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
4350 *
4351 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
4352 *
4353 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
4354 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
4355 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
4356 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
4357 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
4358 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
4359 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
4360 * the duration value.
4361 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
4362 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
4363 * frame on another channel
4364 *
4365 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
4366 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
4367 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
4368 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
4369 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
4370 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
4371 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
4372 *
4373 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
4374 *
4375 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
4376 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
4377 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
4378 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
4379 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
4380 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
4381 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
4382 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
4383 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
4384 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
4385 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
4386 * disabled.)
4387 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
4388 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
4389 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
4390 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
4391 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
4392 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
4393 * thresholds.
4394 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
4395 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
4396 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
4397 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
4398 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
4399 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
4400 * stop (when this method returns 0).
4401 *
4402 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
4403 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
4404 *
4405 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
4406 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
4407 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
4408 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
4409 *
4410 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4411 *
4412 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
4413 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
4414 *
4415 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
4416 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
4417 *
4418 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
4419 *
4420 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
4421 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
4422 * current monitoring channel.
4423 *
4424 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
4425 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
4426 *
4427 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
4428 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
4429 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
4430 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
4431 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
4432 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
4433 *
4434 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
4435 *
4436 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
4437 * was finished on another phy.
4438 *
4439 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
4440 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
4441 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
4442 *
4443 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
4444 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
4445 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
4446 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
4447 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
4448 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
4449 *
4450 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
4451 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
4452 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
4453 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
4454 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
4455 * as soon as possible.
4456 *
4457 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
4458 *
4459 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
4460 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
4461 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
4462 *
4463 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
4464 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
4465 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
4466 * account.
4467 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
4468 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
4469 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
4470 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
4471 * rejected)
4472 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
4473 *
4474 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
4475 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4476 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
4477 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4478 *
4479 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
4480 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
4481 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
4482 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
4483 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
4484 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
4485 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
4486 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
4487 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
4488 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
4489 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
4490 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
4491 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
4492 * provided @nan_func.
4493 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
4494 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
4495 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
4496 * All other parameters must be ignored.
4497 *
4498 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
4499 *
4500 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
4501 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
4502 *
4503 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
4504 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
4505 * upon which the driver should clear it.
4506 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4507 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
4508 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4509 *
4510 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
4511 * user space
4512 *
4513 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
4514 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
4515 *
4516 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
4517 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
4518 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
4519 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
4520 *
4521 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
4522 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
4523 * DH IE through this interface.
4524 *
4525 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
4526 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
4527 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
4528 * This callback may sleep.
4529 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
4530 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
4531 *
4532 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
4533 *
4534 * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
4535 *
4536 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
4537 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
4538 * Response frame.
4539 *
4540 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
4541 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
4542 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
4543 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
4544 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
4545 * radar channel.
4546 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
4547 * disable background CAC/radar detection.
4548 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
4549 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
4550 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
4551 *
4552 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames.
4553 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping.
4554 */
4555struct cfg80211_ops {
4556 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
4557 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4558 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
4559
4560 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4561 const char *name,
4562 unsigned char name_assign_type,
4563 enum nl80211_iftype type,
4564 struct vif_params *params);
4565 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4566 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4567 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4568 struct net_device *dev,
4569 enum nl80211_iftype type,
4570 struct vif_params *params);
4571
4572 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4573 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4574 unsigned int link_id);
4575 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4576 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4577 unsigned int link_id);
4578
4579 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4580 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4581 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
4582 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4583 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4584 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
4585 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
4586 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4587 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4588 const u8 *mac_addr);
4589 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4590 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
4591 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
4592 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4593 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
4594 u8 key_index);
4595 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4596 struct net_device *netdev,
4597 int link_id,
4598 u8 key_index);
4599
4600 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4601 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
4602 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4603 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info);
4604 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4605 unsigned int link_id);
4606
4607
4608 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4609 const u8 *mac,
4610 struct station_parameters *params);
4611 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4612 struct station_del_parameters *params);
4613 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4614 const u8 *mac,
4615 struct station_parameters *params);
4616 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4617 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4618 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4619 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4620
4621 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4622 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4623 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4624 const u8 *dst);
4625 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4626 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4627 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4628 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4629 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4630 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
4631 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4632 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4633 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4634 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4635 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
4636 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4637 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4638 struct net_device *dev,
4639 struct mesh_config *conf);
4640 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4641 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
4642 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
4643 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4644 const struct mesh_config *conf,
4645 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
4646 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4647
4648 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4649 struct ocb_setup *setup);
4650 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4651
4652 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4653 struct bss_parameters *params);
4654
4655 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4656 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data);
4657
4658 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4659 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
4660
4661 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4662 struct net_device *dev,
4663 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
4664
4665 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4666 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4667
4668 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4669 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
4670 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4671
4672 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4673 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
4674 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4675 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
4676 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4677 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
4678 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4679 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
4680
4681 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4682 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
4683 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4684 struct net_device *dev,
4685 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
4686 u32 changed);
4687 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4688 u16 reason_code);
4689
4690 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4691 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
4692 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4693
4694 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4695 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
4696
4697 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
4698
4699 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4700 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
4701 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4702 int *dbm);
4703
4704 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4705
4706#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4707 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4708 void *data, int len);
4709 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
4710 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4711 void *data, int len);
4712#endif
4713
4714 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4715 struct net_device *dev,
4716 unsigned int link_id,
4717 const u8 *peer,
4718 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
4719
4720 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4721 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
4722
4723 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4724 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4725 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4726 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4727 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
4728
4729 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4730 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4731 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4732 unsigned int duration,
4733 u64 *cookie);
4734 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4735 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4736 u64 cookie);
4737
4738 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4739 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
4740 u64 *cookie);
4741 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4742 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4743 u64 cookie);
4744
4745 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4746 bool enabled, int timeout);
4747
4748 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4749 struct net_device *dev,
4750 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
4751
4752 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4753 struct net_device *dev,
4754 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
4755
4756 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4757 struct net_device *dev,
4758 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
4759
4760 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4761 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4762 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
4763
4764 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4765 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
4766
4767 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4768 struct net_device *dev,
4769 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
4770 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4771 u64 reqid);
4772
4773 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4774 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
4775
4776 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4777 const u8 *peer, int link_id,
4778 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code,
4779 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator,
4780 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4781 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4782 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
4783
4784 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4785 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
4786
4787 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4788 struct net_device *dev,
4789 u16 noack_map);
4790
4791 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4792 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4793 unsigned int link_id,
4794 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4795
4796 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4797 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4798 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4799 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4800
4801 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4802 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
4803
4804 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4805 struct net_device *dev,
4806 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4807 u32 cac_time_ms);
4808 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4809 struct net_device *dev);
4810 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4811 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
4812 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4813 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4814 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
4815 u16 duration);
4816 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4817 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4818 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4819 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
4820
4821 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4822 struct net_device *dev,
4823 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
4824
4825 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4826 struct net_device *dev,
4827 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4828
4829 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4830 unsigned int link_id,
4831 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4832
4833 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4834 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4835 u16 admitted_time);
4836 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4837 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4838
4839 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4840 struct net_device *dev,
4841 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4842 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4843 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4844 struct net_device *dev,
4845 const u8 *addr);
4846 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4847 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4848 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4849 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4850 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4851 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4852 u64 cookie);
4853 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4854 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4855 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4856 u32 changes);
4857
4858 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4859 struct net_device *dev,
4860 const bool enabled);
4861
4862 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4863 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4864 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4865
4866 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4867 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4868 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4869 const u8 *aa);
4870 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4871 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4872
4873 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4874 struct net_device *dev,
4875 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4876 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4877 const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
4878 u64 *cookie);
4879
4880 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4881 struct net_device *dev,
4882 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4883
4884 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4885 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4886 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4887 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4888 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4889 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4890 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4891 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4892 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4893 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4894 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4895 const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4896 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4897 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
4898 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4899 struct net_device *dev,
4900 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
4901 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4902 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
4903 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4904 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4905 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4906 struct link_station_parameters *params);
4907 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4908 struct link_station_parameters *params);
4909 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4910 struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
4911 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4912 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
4913 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4914 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params);
4915};
4916
4917/*
4918 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4919 * and registration/helper functions
4920 */
4921
4922/**
4923 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4924 *
4925 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
4926 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
4927 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4928 * wiphy at all
4929 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4930 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4931 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4932 * reason to override the default
4933 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4934 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4935 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4936 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4937 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4938 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4939 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4940 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4941 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4942 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4943 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4944 * firmware.
4945 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4946 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4947 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4948 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4949 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4950 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4951 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4952 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4953 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4954 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4955 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4956 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4957 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4958 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4959 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4960 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4961 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4962 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4963 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4964 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
4965 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
4966 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
4967 * should set this flag for now.
4968 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys.
4969 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for
4970 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER.
4971 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver
4972 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints.
4973 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link
4974 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD.
4975 */
4976enum wiphy_flags {
4977 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0),
4978 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1),
4979 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2),
4980 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
4981 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
4982 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
4983 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
4984 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
4985 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
4986 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
4987 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11),
4988 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12),
4989 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
4990 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
4991 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
4992 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
4993 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
4994 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
4995 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
4996 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
4997 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
4998 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
4999 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
5000 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24),
5001 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25),
5002};
5003
5004/**
5005 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
5006 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
5007 * @types: interface types (bits)
5008 */
5009struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
5010 u16 max;
5011 u16 types;
5012};
5013
5014/**
5015 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
5016 *
5017 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
5018 * combinations it supports concurrently.
5019 *
5020 * Examples:
5021 *
5022 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
5023 *
5024 * .. code-block:: c
5025 *
5026 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
5027 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
5028 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), },
5029 * };
5030 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
5031 * .limits = limits1,
5032 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
5033 * .max_interfaces = 2,
5034 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
5035 * };
5036 *
5037 *
5038 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
5039 *
5040 * .. code-block:: c
5041 *
5042 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
5043 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
5044 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
5045 * };
5046 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
5047 * .limits = limits2,
5048 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
5049 * .max_interfaces = 8,
5050 * .num_different_channels = 1,
5051 * };
5052 *
5053 *
5054 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
5055 *
5056 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
5057 *
5058 * .. code-block:: c
5059 *
5060 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
5061 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
5062 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
5063 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
5064 * };
5065 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
5066 * .limits = limits3,
5067 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
5068 * .max_interfaces = 4,
5069 * .num_different_channels = 2,
5070 * };
5071 *
5072 */
5073struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
5074 /**
5075 * @limits:
5076 * limits for the given interface types
5077 */
5078 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
5079
5080 /**
5081 * @num_different_channels:
5082 * can use up to this many different channels
5083 */
5084 u32 num_different_channels;
5085
5086 /**
5087 * @max_interfaces:
5088 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
5089 */
5090 u16 max_interfaces;
5091
5092 /**
5093 * @n_limits:
5094 * number of limitations
5095 */
5096 u8 n_limits;
5097
5098 /**
5099 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
5100 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
5101 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
5102 */
5103 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
5104
5105 /**
5106 * @radar_detect_widths:
5107 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
5108 */
5109 u8 radar_detect_widths;
5110
5111 /**
5112 * @radar_detect_regions:
5113 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
5114 */
5115 u8 radar_detect_regions;
5116
5117 /**
5118 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
5119 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
5120 *
5121 * = 0
5122 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
5123 * > 0
5124 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
5125 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
5126 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
5127 */
5128 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
5129};
5130
5131struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
5132 u16 tx, rx;
5133};
5134
5135/**
5136 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
5137 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
5138 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
5139 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
5140 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
5141 * packet should be preserved in that case
5142 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
5143 * (see nl80211.h)
5144 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
5145 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
5146 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
5147 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
5148 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
5149 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
5150 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
5151 */
5152enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
5153 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
5154 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
5155 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
5156 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
5157 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
5158 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
5159 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
5160 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
5161 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
5162};
5163
5164struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
5165 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
5166 u32 data_payload_max;
5167 u32 data_interval_max;
5168 u32 wake_payload_max;
5169 bool seq;
5170};
5171
5172/**
5173 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
5174 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
5175 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
5176 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
5177 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
5178 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
5179 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5180 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
5181 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
5182 * scheduled scans.
5183 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
5184 * details.
5185 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
5186 */
5187struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
5188 u32 flags;
5189 int n_patterns;
5190 int pattern_max_len;
5191 int pattern_min_len;
5192 int max_pkt_offset;
5193 int max_nd_match_sets;
5194 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
5195};
5196
5197/**
5198 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
5199 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
5200 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5201 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
5202 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
5203 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
5204 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
5205 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5206 */
5207struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
5208 int n_rules;
5209 int max_delay;
5210 int n_patterns;
5211 int pattern_max_len;
5212 int pattern_min_len;
5213 int max_pkt_offset;
5214};
5215
5216/**
5217 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
5218 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
5219 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
5220 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
5221 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
5222 */
5223enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
5224 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
5225 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
5226 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
5227};
5228
5229/**
5230 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
5231 *
5232 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
5233 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
5234 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
5235 *
5236 */
5237enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
5238 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
5239 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
5240 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
5241};
5242
5243/**
5244 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
5245 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
5246 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
5247 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
5248 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
5249 */
5250
5251struct sta_opmode_info {
5252 u32 changed;
5253 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
5254 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
5255 u8 rx_nss;
5256};
5257
5258#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
5259
5260/**
5261 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
5262 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
5263 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
5264 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
5265 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
5266 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
5267 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
5268 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
5269 * dumpit calls.
5270 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
5271 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
5272 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
5273 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
5274 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
5275 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
5276 * are used with dump requests.
5277 */
5278struct wiphy_vendor_command {
5279 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
5280 u32 flags;
5281 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5282 const void *data, int data_len);
5283 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5284 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
5285 unsigned long *storage);
5286 const struct nla_policy *policy;
5287 unsigned int maxattr;
5288};
5289
5290/**
5291 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
5292 * @iftype: interface type
5293 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
5294 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
5295 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
5296 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
5297 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
5298 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
5299 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
5300 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
5301 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
5302 */
5303struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
5304 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5305 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
5306 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
5307 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
5308 u16 eml_capabilities;
5309 u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
5310};
5311
5312/**
5313 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
5314 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
5315 * @type: the interface type to look up
5316 */
5317const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
5318cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
5319
5320/**
5321 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
5322 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
5323 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
5324 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
5325 * @ftm: FTM measurement data
5326 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
5327 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
5328 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
5329 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
5330 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
5331 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
5332 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
5333 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
5334 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
5335 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
5336 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
5337 * not limited)
5338 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
5339 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
5340 */
5341struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
5342 unsigned int max_peers;
5343 u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
5344 randomize_mac_addr:1;
5345
5346 struct {
5347 u32 preambles;
5348 u32 bandwidths;
5349 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
5350 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
5351 u8 supported:1,
5352 asap:1,
5353 non_asap:1,
5354 request_lci:1,
5355 request_civicloc:1,
5356 trigger_based:1,
5357 non_trigger_based:1;
5358 } ftm;
5359};
5360
5361/**
5362 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
5363 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
5364 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
5365 *
5366 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
5367 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
5368 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
5369 */
5370struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
5371 u16 iftypes_mask;
5372 const u32 *akm_suites;
5373 int n_akm_suites;
5374};
5375
5376#define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff
5377
5378/**
5379 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
5380 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
5381 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
5382 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
5383 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
5384 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
5385 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
5386 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
5387 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
5388 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
5389 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
5390 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
5391 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
5392 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
5393 * iftype_akm_suites.
5394 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
5395 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
5396 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
5397 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
5398 * instances of iftype_akm_suites).
5399 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
5400 * suites are specified separately.
5401 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
5402 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
5403 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
5404 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
5405 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
5406 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
5407 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
5408 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
5409 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
5410 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
5411 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
5412 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
5413 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
5414 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
5415 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
5416 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
5417 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
5418 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
5419 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
5420 * unregister hardware
5421 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
5422 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
5423 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
5424 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
5425 * (see below).
5426 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
5427 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
5428 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
5429 * must be set by driver
5430 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
5431 * list single interface types.
5432 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
5433 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
5434 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
5435 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
5436 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
5437 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
5438 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
5439 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
5440 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
5441 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
5442 * this variable determines its size
5443 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
5444 * any given scan
5445 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
5446 * the device can run concurrently.
5447 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
5448 * for in any given scheduled scan
5449 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
5450 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
5451 * supported.
5452 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
5453 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
5454 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
5455 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
5456 * scans
5457 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
5458 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
5459 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
5460 * single scan plan supported by the device.
5461 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
5462 * scan plan supported by the device.
5463 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
5464 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
5465 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
5466 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
5467 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
5468 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
5469 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
5470 *
5471 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
5472 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
5473 * type
5474 *
5475 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
5476 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
5477 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
5478 *
5479 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
5480 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
5481 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
5482 *
5483 * @probe_resp_offload:
5484 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
5485 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
5486 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
5487 *
5488 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
5489 * may request, if implemented.
5490 *
5491 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
5492 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
5493 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
5494 * to the suspend() operation instead.
5495 *
5496 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
5497 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
5498 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
5499 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
5500 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
5501 *
5502 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
5503 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
5504 *
5505 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
5506 * supports for ACL.
5507 *
5508 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
5509 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
5510 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
5511 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
5512 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
5513 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
5514 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
5515 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
5516 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
5517 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
5518 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
5519 * capabilities are specified separately.
5520 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
5521 *
5522 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
5523 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
5524 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
5525 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
5526 *
5527 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
5528 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
5529 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
5530 * some cases, but may not always reach.
5531 *
5532 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
5533 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
5534 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
5535 * infinite.
5536 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
5537 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
5538 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
5539 *
5540 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
5541 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
5542 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
5543 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
5544 *
5545 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
5546 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
5547 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
5548 *
5549 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
5550 * wake_tx_queue
5551 *
5552 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
5553 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
5554 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
5555 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
5556 *
5557 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
5558 *
5559 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
5560 * device has
5561 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
5562 * supported by the driver for each vif
5563 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
5564 * supported by the driver for each peer
5565 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
5566 * long/short retry configuration
5567 *
5568 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
5569 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
5570 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
5571 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
5572 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
5573 *
5574 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
5575 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
5576 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
5577 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
5578 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
5579 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
5580 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
5581 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
5582 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
5583 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
5584 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
5585 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
5586 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
5587 *
5588 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports
5589 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a
5590 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping.
5591 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver
5592 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to
5593 * specify a mac address).
5594 */
5595struct wiphy {
5596 struct mutex mtx;
5597
5598 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
5599
5600 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
5601 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
5602
5603 struct mac_address *addresses;
5604
5605 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
5606
5607 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
5608 int n_iface_combinations;
5609 u16 software_iftypes;
5610
5611 u16 n_addresses;
5612
5613 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
5614 u16 interface_modes;
5615
5616 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
5617
5618 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
5619 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
5620
5621 u32 ap_sme_capa;
5622
5623 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
5624
5625 int bss_priv_size;
5626 u8 max_scan_ssids;
5627 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
5628 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
5629 u8 max_match_sets;
5630 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
5631 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
5632 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
5633 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
5634 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
5635
5636 int n_cipher_suites;
5637 const u32 *cipher_suites;
5638
5639 int n_akm_suites;
5640 const u32 *akm_suites;
5641
5642 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
5643 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
5644
5645 u8 retry_short;
5646 u8 retry_long;
5647 u32 frag_threshold;
5648 u32 rts_threshold;
5649 u8 coverage_class;
5650
5651 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
5652 u32 hw_version;
5653
5654#ifdef CONFIG_PM
5655 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
5656 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
5657#endif
5658
5659 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
5660
5661 u8 max_num_pmkids;
5662
5663 u32 available_antennas_tx;
5664 u32 available_antennas_rx;
5665
5666 u32 probe_resp_offload;
5667
5668 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
5669 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
5670
5671 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
5672 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
5673
5674 const void *privid;
5675
5676 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
5677
5678 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5679 struct regulatory_request *request);
5680
5681 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
5682
5683 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
5684
5685 struct device dev;
5686
5687 bool registered;
5688
5689 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
5690
5691 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
5692 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
5693
5694 struct list_head wdev_list;
5695
5696 possible_net_t _net;
5697
5698#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5699 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
5700#endif
5701
5702 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
5703
5704 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
5705 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
5706 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
5707
5708 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
5709
5710 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
5711
5712 u32 bss_select_support;
5713
5714 u8 nan_supported_bands;
5715
5716 u32 txq_limit;
5717 u32 txq_memory_limit;
5718 u32 txq_quantum;
5719
5720 unsigned long tx_queue_len;
5721
5722 u8 support_mbssid:1,
5723 support_only_he_mbssid:1;
5724
5725 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
5726
5727 struct {
5728 u64 peer, vif;
5729 u8 max_retry;
5730 } tid_config_support;
5731
5732 u8 max_data_retry_count;
5733
5734 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
5735
5736 struct rfkill *rfkill;
5737
5738 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
5739 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
5740 u16 max_num_akm_suites;
5741
5742 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers;
5743
5744 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
5745};
5746
5747static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5748{
5749 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
5750}
5751
5752static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
5753{
5754 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
5755}
5756
5757/**
5758 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5759 *
5760 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5761 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5762 */
5763static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5764{
5765 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
5766 return &wiphy->priv;
5767}
5768
5769/**
5770 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5771 *
5772 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5773 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5774 */
5775static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
5776{
5777 BUG_ON(!priv);
5778 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
5779}
5780
5781/**
5782 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5783 *
5784 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5785 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5786 */
5787static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
5788{
5789 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
5790}
5791
5792/**
5793 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5794 *
5795 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5796 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5797 */
5798static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5799{
5800 return wiphy->dev.parent;
5801}
5802
5803/**
5804 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5805 *
5806 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5807 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5808 */
5809static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
5810{
5811 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
5812}
5813
5814/**
5815 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5816 *
5817 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5818 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5819 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5820 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5821 *
5822 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5823 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5824 *
5825 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5826 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5827 */
5828struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
5829 const char *requested_name);
5830
5831/**
5832 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5833 *
5834 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5835 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5836 *
5837 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5838 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5839 *
5840 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5841 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5842 */
5843static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
5844 int sizeof_priv)
5845{
5846 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
5847}
5848
5849/**
5850 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5851 *
5852 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5853 *
5854 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5855 */
5856int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5857
5858/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
5859#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
5860
5861/**
5862 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
5863 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5864 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5865 *
5866 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
5867 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
5868 */
5869#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \
5870 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5871
5872/**
5873 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
5874 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5875 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5876 *
5877 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
5878 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
5879 */
5880#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \
5881 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5882
5883/**
5884 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
5885 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
5886 */
5887const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5888
5889/**
5890 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5891 *
5892 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5893 *
5894 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5895 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5896 * request that is being handled.
5897 */
5898void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5899
5900/**
5901 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5902 *
5903 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5904 */
5905void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5906
5907/* internal structs */
5908struct cfg80211_conn;
5909struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
5910struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
5911struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
5912
5913/**
5914 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
5915 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
5916 *
5917 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
5918 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
5919 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
5920 * differentiate which way it's called.
5921 *
5922 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
5923 *
5924 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
5925 *
5926 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
5927 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
5928 */
5929static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5930 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
5931{
5932 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
5933 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
5934}
5935
5936/**
5937 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
5938 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
5939 */
5940static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5941 __releases(&wiphy->mtx)
5942{
5943 __release(&wiphy->mtx);
5944 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
5945}
5946
5947struct wiphy_work;
5948typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
5949
5950struct wiphy_work {
5951 struct list_head entry;
5952 wiphy_work_func_t func;
5953};
5954
5955static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
5956 wiphy_work_func_t func)
5957{
5958 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
5959 work->func = func;
5960}
5961
5962/**
5963 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
5964 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
5965 * @work: the work item
5966 *
5967 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
5968 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
5969 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
5970 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
5971 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
5972 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
5973 */
5974void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
5975
5976/**
5977 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
5978 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
5979 * @work: the work to cancel
5980 *
5981 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
5982 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
5983 */
5984void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
5985
5986/**
5987 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work
5988 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
5989 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work
5990 *
5991 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
5992 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
5993 */
5994void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
5995
5996struct wiphy_delayed_work {
5997 struct wiphy_work work;
5998 struct wiphy *wiphy;
5999 struct timer_list timer;
6000};
6001
6002void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
6003
6004static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
6005 wiphy_work_func_t func)
6006{
6007 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
6008 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
6009}
6010
6011/**
6012 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
6013 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
6014 * @dwork: the delayable worker
6015 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
6016 *
6017 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
6018 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
6019 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
6020 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
6021 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
6022 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
6023 */
6024void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6025 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
6026 unsigned long delay);
6027
6028/**
6029 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
6030 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6031 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
6032 *
6033 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
6034 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6035 */
6036void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6037 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
6038
6039/**
6040 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work
6041 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6042 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush
6043 *
6044 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
6045 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6046 */
6047void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6048 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
6049
6050/**
6051 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
6052 *
6053 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
6054 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
6055 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
6056 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
6057 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
6058 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
6059 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
6060 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
6061 *
6062 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
6063 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
6064 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
6065 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
6066 *
6067 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
6068 * @iftype: interface type
6069 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
6070 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
6071 * for the notifier
6072 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
6073 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
6074 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
6075 * wireless device if it has no netdev
6076 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
6077 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
6078 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
6079 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
6080 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
6081 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
6082 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
6083 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
6084 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
6085 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
6086 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
6087 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
6088 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
6089 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
6090 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
6091 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
6092 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
6093 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
6094 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
6095 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
6096 * need to propagate the update to the driver
6097 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
6098 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
6099 * the P2P Device.
6100 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
6101 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
6102 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
6103 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
6104 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
6105 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
6106 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
6107 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
6108 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
6109 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
6110 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
6111 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
6112 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
6113 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
6114 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
6115 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
6116 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
6117 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work
6118 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
6119 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
6120 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
6121 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
6122 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
6123 * unprotected beacon report
6124 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
6125 * @ap and @client for each link
6126 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
6127 */
6128struct wireless_dev {
6129 struct wiphy *wiphy;
6130 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
6131
6132 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
6133 struct list_head list;
6134 struct net_device *netdev;
6135
6136 u32 identifier;
6137
6138 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
6139 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
6140
6141 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
6142
6143 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
6144
6145 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
6146 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
6147 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
6148 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
6149 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
6150
6151 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
6152 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6153
6154 struct list_head event_list;
6155 spinlock_t event_lock;
6156
6157 u8 connected:1;
6158
6159 bool ps;
6160 int ps_timeout;
6161
6162 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
6163
6164 u32 owner_nlportid;
6165 bool nl_owner_dead;
6166
6167 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */
6168 bool cac_started;
6169 unsigned long cac_start_time;
6170 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
6171
6172#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
6173 /* wext data */
6174 struct {
6175 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
6176 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
6177 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
6178 const u8 *ie;
6179 size_t ie_len;
6180 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6181 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6182 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6183 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
6184 bool prev_bssid_valid;
6185 } wext;
6186#endif
6187
6188 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work;
6189 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config;
6190
6191 struct list_head pmsr_list;
6192 spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
6193 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
6194
6195 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
6196
6197 union {
6198 struct {
6199 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
6200 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6201 u8 ssid_len;
6202 } client;
6203 struct {
6204 int beacon_interval;
6205 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
6206 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6207 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6208 u8 id_len, id_up_len;
6209 } mesh;
6210 struct {
6211 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
6212 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6213 u8 ssid_len;
6214 } ap;
6215 struct {
6216 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
6217 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6218 int beacon_interval;
6219 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6220 u8 ssid_len;
6221 } ibss;
6222 struct {
6223 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6224 } ocb;
6225 } u;
6226
6227 struct {
6228 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
6229 union {
6230 struct {
6231 unsigned int beacon_interval;
6232 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6233 } ap;
6234 struct {
6235 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
6236 } client;
6237 };
6238 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
6239 u16 valid_links;
6240};
6241
6242static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6243{
6244 if (wdev->netdev)
6245 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
6246 return wdev->address;
6247}
6248
6249static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6250{
6251 if (wdev->netdev)
6252 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
6253 return wdev->is_running;
6254}
6255
6256/**
6257 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
6258 *
6259 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
6260 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
6261 */
6262static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6263{
6264 BUG_ON(!wdev);
6265 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
6266}
6267
6268/**
6269 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
6270 * @wdev: the wdev
6271 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO
6272 *
6273 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
6274 */
6275struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6276 unsigned int link_id);
6277
6278static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6279 unsigned int link_id)
6280{
6281 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
6282 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
6283 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
6284}
6285
6286#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \
6287 for (link_id = 0; \
6288 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \
6289 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \
6290 link_id++) \
6291 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \
6292 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
6293
6294/**
6295 * DOC: Utility functions
6296 *
6297 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
6298 */
6299
6300/**
6301 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
6302 *
6303 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
6304 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
6305 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
6306 */
6307static inline bool
6308ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
6309 struct ieee80211_channel *b)
6310{
6311 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
6312 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
6313}
6314
6315/**
6316 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
6317 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
6318 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
6319 */
6320static inline u32
6321ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
6322{
6323 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
6324}
6325
6326/**
6327 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
6328 *
6329 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
6330 * @chan: channel
6331 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
6332 */
6333enum nl80211_chan_width
6334ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
6335
6336/**
6337 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
6338 * @chan: channel number
6339 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
6340 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
6341 */
6342u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
6343
6344/**
6345 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
6346 * @chan: channel number
6347 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
6348 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
6349 */
6350static inline int
6351ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
6352{
6353 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
6354}
6355
6356/**
6357 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
6358 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
6359 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
6360 */
6361int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
6362
6363/**
6364 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
6365 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
6366 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
6367 */
6368static inline int
6369ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
6370{
6371 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
6372}
6373
6374/**
6375 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
6376 * frequency
6377 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
6378 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
6379 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
6380 */
6381struct ieee80211_channel *
6382ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
6383
6384/**
6385 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
6386 *
6387 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
6388 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
6389 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
6390 */
6391static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
6392ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
6393{
6394 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
6395}
6396
6397/**
6398 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
6399 * @chan: control channel to check
6400 *
6401 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
6402 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
6403 */
6404static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
6405{
6406 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
6407 return false;
6408
6409 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
6410}
6411
6412/**
6413 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
6414 *
6415 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
6416 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
6417 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
6418 *
6419 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
6420 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
6421 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
6422 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
6423 */
6424const struct ieee80211_rate *
6425ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6426 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
6427
6428/**
6429 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
6430 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
6431 *
6432 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
6433 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
6434 */
6435u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband);
6436
6437/*
6438 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
6439 *
6440 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
6441 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
6442 */
6443
6444struct radiotap_align_size {
6445 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
6446};
6447
6448struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
6449 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
6450 int n_bits;
6451 uint32_t oui;
6452 uint8_t subns;
6453};
6454
6455struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
6456 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
6457 int n_ns;
6458};
6459
6460/**
6461 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
6462 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
6463 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
6464 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
6465 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
6466 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
6467 * the beginning of the actual data portion
6468 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
6469 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
6470 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
6471 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
6472 * radiotap namespace or not
6473 *
6474 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
6475 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
6476 * @_arg_index: next argument index
6477 * @_arg: next argument pointer
6478 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
6479 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
6480 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
6481 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
6482 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
6483 * next bitmap word
6484 *
6485 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
6486 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
6487 */
6488
6489struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
6490 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
6491 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
6492 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
6493
6494 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
6495 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
6496
6497 unsigned char *this_arg;
6498 int this_arg_index;
6499 int this_arg_size;
6500
6501 int is_radiotap_ns;
6502
6503 int _max_length;
6504 int _arg_index;
6505 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
6506 int _reset_on_ext;
6507};
6508
6509int
6510ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
6511 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
6512 int max_length,
6513 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
6514
6515int
6516ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
6517
6518
6519extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
6520extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
6521
6522/**
6523 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
6524 *
6525 * @skb: the frame
6526 *
6527 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
6528 * returns the 802.11 header length.
6529 *
6530 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
6531 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
6532 * 802.11 header.
6533 */
6534unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
6535
6536/**
6537 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
6538 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
6539 * Return: The header length in bytes.
6540 */
6541unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
6542
6543/**
6544 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
6545 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
6546 * (first byte) will be accessed
6547 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
6548 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
6549 */
6550unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
6551
6552/**
6553 * DOC: Data path helpers
6554 *
6555 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
6556 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
6557 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
6558 */
6559
6560/**
6561 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
6562 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
6563 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
6564 * of it being pushed into the SKB
6565 * @addr: the device MAC address
6566 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
6567 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
6568 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
6569 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
6570 */
6571int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
6572 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
6573 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
6574
6575/**
6576 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
6577 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
6578 * @addr: the device MAC address
6579 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
6580 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
6581 */
6582static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
6583 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
6584{
6585 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
6586}
6587
6588/**
6589 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid
6590 *
6591 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated
6592 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the
6593 * mesh control field.
6594 *
6595 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
6596 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test
6597 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field
6598 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
6599 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
6600 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode
6601 */
6602bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr);
6603
6604/**
6605 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
6606 *
6607 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
6608 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
6609 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
6610 *
6611 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
6612 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
6613 * initialized by the caller.
6614 * @addr: The device MAC address.
6615 * @iftype: The device interface type.
6616 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
6617 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
6618 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
6619 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu
6620 */
6621void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
6622 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
6623 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
6624 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa,
6625 u8 mesh_control);
6626
6627/**
6628 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol
6629 *
6630 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated
6631 * protocol.
6632 *
6633 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload
6634 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol
6635 * Return: true if encapsulation was found
6636 */
6637bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto);
6638
6639/**
6640 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames
6641 *
6642 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part
6643 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh
6644 * header to the ethernet header (if present).
6645 *
6646 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header
6647 */
6648int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb);
6649
6650/**
6651 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
6652 * @skb: the data frame
6653 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
6654 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
6655 */
6656unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
6657 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
6658
6659/**
6660 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
6661 *
6662 * @eid: element ID
6663 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6664 * @len: length of data
6665 * @match: byte array to match
6666 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
6667 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
6668 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
6669 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
6670 * the data portion instead.
6671 *
6672 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6673 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6674 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
6675 * requested element struct.
6676 *
6677 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6678 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
6679 * byte array to match.
6680 */
6681const struct element *
6682cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6683 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
6684 unsigned int match_offset);
6685
6686/**
6687 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
6688 *
6689 * @eid: element ID
6690 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6691 * @len: length of data
6692 * @match: byte array to match
6693 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
6694 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
6695 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
6696 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
6697 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
6698 * the second byte is the IE length.
6699 *
6700 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6701 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6702 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
6703 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
6704 * element ID.
6705 *
6706 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6707 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
6708 * byte array to match.
6709 */
6710static inline const u8 *
6711cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6712 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
6713 unsigned int match_offset)
6714{
6715 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
6716 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
6717 */
6718 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
6719 (!match_len && match_offset)))
6720 return NULL;
6721
6722 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
6723 match, match_len,
6724 match_offset ?
6725 match_offset - 2 : 0);
6726}
6727
6728/**
6729 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
6730 *
6731 * @eid: element ID
6732 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6733 * @len: length of data
6734 *
6735 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6736 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6737 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
6738 * requested element struct.
6739 *
6740 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6741 * having to fit into the given data.
6742 */
6743static inline const struct element *
6744cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
6745{
6746 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
6747}
6748
6749/**
6750 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
6751 *
6752 * @eid: element ID
6753 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6754 * @len: length of data
6755 *
6756 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6757 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6758 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
6759 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
6760 *
6761 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6762 * having to fit into the given data.
6763 */
6764static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
6765{
6766 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
6767}
6768
6769/**
6770 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
6771 *
6772 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
6773 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6774 * @len: length of data
6775 *
6776 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if
6777 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6778 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
6779 * requested element struct.
6780 *
6781 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6782 * having to fit into the given data.
6783 */
6784static inline const struct element *
6785cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
6786{
6787 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
6788 &ext_eid, 1, 0);
6789}
6790
6791/**
6792 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
6793 *
6794 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
6795 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6796 * @len: length of data
6797 *
6798 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
6799 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6800 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
6801 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
6802 *
6803 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6804 * having to fit into the given data.
6805 */
6806static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
6807{
6808 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
6809 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
6810}
6811
6812/**
6813 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
6814 *
6815 * @oui: vendor OUI
6816 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6817 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6818 * @len: length of data
6819 *
6820 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6821 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
6822 * return the element structure for the requested element.
6823 *
6824 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6825 * the given data.
6826 */
6827const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
6828 const u8 *ies,
6829 unsigned int len);
6830
6831/**
6832 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
6833 *
6834 * @oui: vendor OUI
6835 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6836 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6837 * @len: length of data
6838 *
6839 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6840 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
6841 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
6842 * element ID.
6843 *
6844 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6845 * the given data.
6846 */
6847static inline const u8 *
6848cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
6849 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
6850{
6851 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
6852}
6853
6854/**
6855 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer
6856 *
6857 * @elem: the element to defragment
6858 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained
6859 * @ieslen: length of @ies
6860 * @data: buffer to store element data
6861 * @data_len: length of @data
6862 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments
6863 *
6864 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error
6865 *
6866 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while
6867 * skipping all headers.
6868 *
6869 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an
6870 * element in-place.
6871 */
6872ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies,
6873 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len,
6874 u8 frag_id);
6875
6876/**
6877 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
6878 *
6879 * @dev: network device
6880 * @addr: STA MAC address
6881 *
6882 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
6883 * devices upon STA association.
6884 */
6885void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6886
6887/**
6888 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
6889 *
6890 * TODO
6891 */
6892
6893/**
6894 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
6895 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
6896 * conflicts)
6897 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
6898 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
6899 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
6900 * alpha2.
6901 *
6902 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
6903 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
6904 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
6905 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
6906 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
6907 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
6908 *
6909 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
6910 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
6911 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
6912 *
6913 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6914 * an -ENOMEM.
6915 *
6916 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
6917 */
6918int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
6919
6920/**
6921 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
6922 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6923 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
6924 *
6925 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
6926 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
6927 * information.
6928 *
6929 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6930 */
6931int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6932 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
6933
6934/**
6935 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
6936 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6937 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
6938 *
6939 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
6940 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
6941 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
6942 *
6943 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6944 */
6945int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6946 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
6947
6948/**
6949 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
6950 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6951 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
6952 *
6953 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
6954 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
6955 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
6956 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
6957 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
6958 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
6959 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
6960 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
6961 * that called this helper.
6962 */
6963void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6964 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
6965
6966/**
6967 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
6968 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
6969 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
6970 *
6971 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
6972 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
6973 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
6974 * and processed already.
6975 *
6976 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
6977 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
6978 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
6979 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
6980 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
6981 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
6982 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
6983 */
6984const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6985 u32 center_freq);
6986
6987/**
6988 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
6989 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
6990 *
6991 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
6992 * proper string representation.
6993 */
6994const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
6995
6996/**
6997 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
6998 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
6999 *
7000 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
7001 */
7002bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7003
7004/**
7005 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
7006 *
7007 */
7008
7009/**
7010 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
7011 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
7012 *
7013 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
7014 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried.
7015 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
7016 *
7017 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
7018 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
7019 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
7020 *
7021 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
7022 * an -ENODATA.
7023 *
7024 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
7025 */
7026int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
7027 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
7028
7029/*
7030 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
7031 * functions and BSS handling helpers
7032 */
7033
7034/**
7035 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
7036 *
7037 * @request: the corresponding scan request
7038 * @info: information about the completed scan
7039 */
7040void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
7041 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
7042
7043/**
7044 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
7045 *
7046 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
7047 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7048 */
7049void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7050
7051/**
7052 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
7053 *
7054 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
7055 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7056 *
7057 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
7058 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
7059 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
7060 */
7061void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7062
7063/**
7064 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
7065 *
7066 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
7067 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7068 *
7069 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
7070 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
7071 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
7072 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
7073 */
7074void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7075
7076/**
7077 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
7078 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
7079 * @data: the BSS metadata
7080 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
7081 * @len: length of the management frame
7082 * @gfp: context flags
7083 *
7084 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
7085 * the BSS should be updated/added.
7086 *
7087 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
7088 * Or %NULL on error.
7089 */
7090struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7091cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7092 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
7093 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
7094 gfp_t gfp);
7095
7096static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7097cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7098 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
7099 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
7100 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
7101{
7102 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
7103 .chan = rx_channel,
7104 .signal = signal,
7105 };
7106
7107 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
7108}
7109
7110/**
7111 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
7112 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
7113 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
7114 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
7115 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
7116 */
7117static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
7118 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
7119{
7120 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
7121 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
7122 u64 new_bssid_u64;
7123
7124 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
7125
7126 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
7127
7128 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
7129}
7130
7131/**
7132 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
7133 * @element: element to check
7134 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
7135 */
7136bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
7137 const struct element *non_inherit_element);
7138
7139/**
7140 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
7141 * @ie: ies
7142 * @ielen: length of IEs
7143 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
7144 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
7145 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
7146 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
7147 */
7148size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7149 const struct element *mbssid_elem,
7150 const struct element *sub_elem,
7151 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
7152
7153/**
7154 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
7155 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
7156 * from a beacon or probe response
7157 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
7158 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
7159 */
7160enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
7161 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
7162 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
7163 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
7164};
7165
7166/**
7167 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
7168 * @ie: IEs
7169 * @ielen: length of IEs
7170 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
7171 *
7172 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
7173 */
7174int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7175 enum nl80211_band band);
7176
7177/**
7178 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs
7179 * @a: first SSID
7180 * @b: second SSID
7181 *
7182 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise.
7183 */
7184static inline bool
7185cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b)
7186{
7187 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b))
7188 return false;
7189 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len)
7190 return false;
7191 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true;
7192}
7193
7194/**
7195 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
7196 *
7197 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
7198 * @data: the BSS metadata
7199 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
7200 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
7201 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
7202 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
7203 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
7204 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
7205 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
7206 * @gfp: context flags
7207 *
7208 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
7209 * the BSS should be updated/added.
7210 *
7211 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
7212 * Or %NULL on error.
7213 */
7214struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7215cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7216 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
7217 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
7218 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
7219 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7220 gfp_t gfp);
7221
7222static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7223cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7224 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
7225 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
7226 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
7227 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7228 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
7229{
7230 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
7231 .chan = rx_channel,
7232 .signal = signal,
7233 };
7234
7235 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
7236 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
7237 gfp);
7238}
7239
7240/**
7241 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
7242 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7243 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
7244 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
7245 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
7246 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
7247 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
7248 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
7249 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended
7250 */
7251struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7252 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7253 const u8 *bssid,
7254 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
7255 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
7256 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy,
7257 u32 use_for);
7258
7259/**
7260 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
7261 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7262 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
7263 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
7264 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
7265 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
7266 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
7267 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
7268 *
7269 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
7270 */
7271static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
7272cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7273 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
7274 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
7275 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy)
7276{
7277 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len,
7278 bss_type, privacy,
7279 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL);
7280}
7281
7282static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
7283cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7284 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7285 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
7286{
7287 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
7288 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
7289 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
7290}
7291
7292/**
7293 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
7294 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7295 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
7296 *
7297 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
7298 */
7299void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7300
7301/**
7302 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
7303 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7304 * @bss: the BSS struct
7305 *
7306 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
7307 */
7308void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7309
7310/**
7311 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
7312 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7313 * @bss: the bss to remove
7314 *
7315 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
7316 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
7317 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
7318 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
7319 */
7320void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7321
7322/**
7323 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
7324 *
7325 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
7326 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
7327 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
7328 *
7329 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7330 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
7331 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
7332 * @iter: the iterator function to call
7333 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
7334 */
7335void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7336 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7337 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7338 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
7339 void *data),
7340 void *iter_data);
7341
7342/**
7343 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
7344 * @dev: network device
7345 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
7346 * @len: length of the frame data
7347 *
7348 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
7349 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
7350 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
7351 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7352 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
7353 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7354 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
7355 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
7356 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
7357 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
7358 *
7359 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7360 */
7361void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
7362
7363/**
7364 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
7365 * @dev: network device
7366 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
7367 *
7368 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
7369 * mutex.
7370 */
7371void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
7372
7373/**
7374 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data
7375 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
7376 * @len: length of the frame data
7377 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
7378 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
7379 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
7380 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
7381 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
7382 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
7383 * non-MLO connections
7384 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the
7385 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
7386 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that
7387 * were rejected by the AP.
7388 */
7389struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data {
7390 const u8 *buf;
7391 size_t len;
7392 const u8 *req_ies;
7393 size_t req_ies_len;
7394 int uapsd_queues;
7395 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
7396 struct {
7397 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
7398 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7399 u16 status;
7400 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
7401};
7402
7403/**
7404 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
7405 * @dev: network device
7406 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data
7407 *
7408 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
7409 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7410 *
7411 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7412 */
7413void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
7414 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data);
7415
7416/**
7417 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
7418 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
7419 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
7420 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
7421 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
7422 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
7423 * other API (e.g. deauth RX)
7424 */
7425struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
7426 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
7427 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
7428 bool timeout;
7429};
7430
7431/**
7432 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
7433 * @dev: network device
7434 * @data: data describing the association failure
7435 *
7436 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7437 */
7438void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
7439 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
7440
7441/**
7442 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
7443 * @dev: network device
7444 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
7445 * @len: length of the frame data
7446 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
7447 *
7448 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
7449 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
7450 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
7451 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
7452 */
7453void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
7454 bool reconnect);
7455
7456/**
7457 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
7458 * @dev: network device
7459 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
7460 * @len: length of the frame data
7461 *
7462 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
7463 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
7464 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
7465 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
7466 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
7467 *
7468 * This function may sleep.
7469 */
7470void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
7471 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
7472
7473/**
7474 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
7475 * @dev: network device
7476 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
7477 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
7478 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
7479 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
7480 * @gfp: allocation flags
7481 *
7482 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
7483 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
7484 * primitive.
7485 */
7486void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7487 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
7488 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
7489
7490/**
7491 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
7492 *
7493 * @dev: network device
7494 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
7495 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
7496 * @gfp: allocation flags
7497 *
7498 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
7499 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
7500 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
7501 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
7502 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
7503 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
7504 */
7505void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7506 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
7507
7508/**
7509 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
7510 * candidate
7511 *
7512 * @dev: network device
7513 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
7514 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
7515 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
7516 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
7517 * @gfp: allocation flags
7518 *
7519 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
7520 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
7521 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
7522 */
7523void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
7524 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
7525 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
7526
7527/**
7528 * DOC: RFkill integration
7529 *
7530 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
7531 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
7532 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
7533 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are
7534 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
7535 *
7536 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
7537 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
7538 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
7539 */
7540
7541/**
7542 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
7543 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7544 * @blocked: block status
7545 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
7546 */
7547void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
7548 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
7549
7550static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
7551{
7552 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
7553 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
7554}
7555
7556/**
7557 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
7558 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7559 */
7560void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7561
7562/**
7563 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
7564 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7565 */
7566static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
7567{
7568 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
7569}
7570
7571/**
7572 * DOC: Vendor commands
7573 *
7574 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
7575 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
7576 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
7577 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
7578 * the configuration mechanism.
7579 *
7580 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
7581 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an
7582 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
7583 *
7584 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
7585 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
7586 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
7587 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
7588 * managers etc. need.
7589 */
7590
7591struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7592 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
7593 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
7594 int approxlen);
7595
7596struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7597 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7598 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
7599 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
7600 unsigned int portid,
7601 int vendor_event_idx,
7602 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
7603
7604void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
7605
7606/**
7607 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
7608 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7609 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7610 * be put into the skb
7611 *
7612 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
7613 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
7614 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
7615 *
7616 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
7617 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
7618 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
7619 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
7620 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
7621 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
7622 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
7623 *
7624 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
7625 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
7626 *
7627 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7628 */
7629static inline struct sk_buff *
7630cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
7631{
7632 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
7633 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
7634}
7635
7636/**
7637 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
7638 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
7639 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
7640 *
7641 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
7642 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
7643 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
7644 * skb regardless of the return value.
7645 *
7646 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
7647 */
7648int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
7649
7650/**
7651 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
7652 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7653 *
7654 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
7655 * Valid to call only there.
7656 */
7657unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7658
7659/**
7660 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
7661 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7662 * @wdev: the wireless device
7663 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
7664 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7665 * be put into the skb
7666 * @gfp: allocation flags
7667 *
7668 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
7669 * vendor-specific multicast group.
7670 *
7671 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
7672 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
7673 * attribute.
7674 *
7675 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
7676 * skb to send the event.
7677 *
7678 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7679 */
7680static inline struct sk_buff *
7681cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7682 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
7683{
7684 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
7685 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
7686 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
7687}
7688
7689/**
7690 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
7691 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7692 * @wdev: the wireless device
7693 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
7694 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
7695 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7696 * be put into the skb
7697 * @gfp: allocation flags
7698 *
7699 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
7700 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
7701 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
7702 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
7703 *
7704 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
7705 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
7706 * attribute.
7707 *
7708 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
7709 * skb to send the event.
7710 *
7711 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7712 */
7713static inline struct sk_buff *
7714cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7715 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7716 unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
7717 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
7718{
7719 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
7720 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
7721 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
7722}
7723
7724/**
7725 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
7726 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
7727 * @gfp: allocation flags
7728 *
7729 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
7730 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
7731 */
7732static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
7733{
7734 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
7735}
7736
7737#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
7738/**
7739 * DOC: Test mode
7740 *
7741 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
7742 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
7743 * factory programming.
7744 *
7745 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more
7746 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
7747 */
7748
7749/**
7750 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
7751 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7752 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7753 * be put into the skb
7754 *
7755 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
7756 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
7757 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
7758 *
7759 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
7760 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
7761 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
7762 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
7763 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
7764 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
7765 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
7766 *
7767 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
7768 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
7769 *
7770 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7771 */
7772static inline struct sk_buff *
7773cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
7774{
7775 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
7776 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
7777}
7778
7779/**
7780 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
7781 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
7782 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
7783 *
7784 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
7785 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
7786 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
7787 * regardless of the return value.
7788 *
7789 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
7790 */
7791static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
7792{
7793 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
7794}
7795
7796/**
7797 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
7798 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7799 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7800 * be put into the skb
7801 * @gfp: allocation flags
7802 *
7803 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
7804 * testmode multicast group.
7805 *
7806 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
7807 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
7808 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
7809 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
7810 * in any other way.
7811 *
7812 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
7813 * skb to send the event.
7814 *
7815 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7816 */
7817static inline struct sk_buff *
7818cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
7819{
7820 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
7821 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
7822 approxlen, gfp);
7823}
7824
7825/**
7826 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
7827 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
7828 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
7829 * @gfp: allocation flags
7830 *
7831 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
7832 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
7833 * consumes it.
7834 */
7835static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
7836{
7837 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
7838}
7839
7840#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
7841#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
7842#else
7843#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
7844#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
7845#endif
7846
7847/**
7848 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
7849 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
7850 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
7851 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
7852 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
7853 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
7854 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
7855 * status for a FILS connection.
7856 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
7857 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
7858 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
7859 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
7860 */
7861struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
7862 const u8 *kek;
7863 size_t kek_len;
7864 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
7865 u16 erp_next_seq_num;
7866 const u8 *pmk;
7867 size_t pmk_len;
7868 const u8 *pmkid;
7869};
7870
7871/**
7872 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
7873 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7874 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7875 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7876 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7877 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7878 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7879 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7880 * case.
7881 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
7882 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
7883 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7884 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
7885 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
7886 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7887 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7888 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7889 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7890 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7891 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7892 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
7893 * zero.
7894 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
7895 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
7896 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
7897 * connected AP info.
7898 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
7899 * %NULL.
7900 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
7901 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
7902 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
7903 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
7904 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
7905 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
7906 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
7907 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
7908 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
7909 * to be specified.
7910 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not
7911 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the
7912 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released)
7913 */
7914struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
7915 int status;
7916 const u8 *req_ie;
7917 size_t req_ie_len;
7918 const u8 *resp_ie;
7919 size_t resp_ie_len;
7920 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
7921 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
7922
7923 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
7924 u16 valid_links;
7925 struct {
7926 const u8 *addr;
7927 const u8 *bssid;
7928 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7929 u16 status;
7930 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
7931};
7932
7933/**
7934 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7935 *
7936 * @dev: network device
7937 * @params: connection response parameters
7938 * @gfp: allocation flags
7939 *
7940 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7941 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7942 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
7943 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
7944 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
7945 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7946 */
7947void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
7948 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
7949 gfp_t gfp);
7950
7951/**
7952 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7953 *
7954 * @dev: network device
7955 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7956 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
7957 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
7958 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
7959 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
7960 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
7961 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
7962 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7963 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7964 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7965 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7966 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7967 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7968 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7969 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7970 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7971 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7972 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7973 * case.
7974 * @gfp: allocation flags
7975 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7976 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7977 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7978 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7979 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7980 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7981 *
7982 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7983 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7984 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
7985 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
7986 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7987 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7988 */
7989static inline void
7990cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7991 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
7992 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
7993 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
7994 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
7995{
7996 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
7997
7998 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
7999 params.status = status;
8000 params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
8001 params.links[0].bss = bss;
8002 params.req_ie = req_ie;
8003 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
8004 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
8005 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
8006 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
8007
8008 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
8009}
8010
8011/**
8012 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
8013 *
8014 * @dev: network device
8015 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
8016 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8017 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8018 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8019 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
8020 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
8021 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
8022 * the real status code for failures.
8023 * @gfp: allocation flags
8024 *
8025 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
8026 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
8027 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
8028 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
8029 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8030 */
8031static inline void
8032cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8033 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
8034 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
8035 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
8036{
8037 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
8038 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
8039 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
8040}
8041
8042/**
8043 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
8044 *
8045 * @dev: network device
8046 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
8047 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8048 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8049 * @gfp: allocation flags
8050 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
8051 *
8052 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
8053 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
8054 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
8055 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
8056 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
8057 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
8058 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8059 */
8060static inline void
8061cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8062 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
8063 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
8064{
8065 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
8066 gfp, timeout_reason);
8067}
8068
8069/**
8070 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
8071 *
8072 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8073 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8074 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8075 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
8076 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
8077 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
8078 * Otherwise zero.
8079 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
8080 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
8081 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
8082 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
8083 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
8084 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
8085 * %NULL if %links.bss is set.
8086 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
8087 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
8088 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
8089 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
8090 */
8091struct cfg80211_roam_info {
8092 const u8 *req_ie;
8093 size_t req_ie_len;
8094 const u8 *resp_ie;
8095 size_t resp_ie_len;
8096 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
8097
8098 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
8099 u16 valid_links;
8100 struct {
8101 const u8 *addr;
8102 const u8 *bssid;
8103 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
8104 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
8105 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
8106};
8107
8108/**
8109 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
8110 *
8111 * @dev: network device
8112 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
8113 * @gfp: allocation flags
8114 *
8115 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
8116 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
8117 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
8118 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
8119 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
8120 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
8121 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
8122 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
8123 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
8124 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
8125 */
8126void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
8127 gfp_t gfp);
8128
8129/**
8130 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
8131 *
8132 * @dev: network device
8133 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address
8134 * in case of AP/P2P GO
8135 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy
8136 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy
8137 * @gfp: allocation flags
8138 *
8139 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
8140 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
8141 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
8142 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
8143 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
8144 * indicate the 802.11 association.
8145 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports
8146 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of
8147 * associated STA/GC.
8148 */
8149void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr,
8150 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp);
8151
8152/**
8153 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
8154 *
8155 * @dev: network device
8156 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
8157 * @ie_len: length of IEs
8158 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
8159 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
8160 * @gfp: allocation flags
8161 *
8162 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
8163 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
8164 */
8165void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
8166 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
8167 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
8168
8169/**
8170 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
8171 * @wdev: wireless device
8172 * @cookie: the request cookie
8173 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
8174 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
8175 * channel
8176 * @gfp: allocation flags
8177 */
8178void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8179 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
8180 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
8181
8182/**
8183 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
8184 * @wdev: wireless device
8185 * @cookie: the request cookie
8186 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
8187 * @gfp: allocation flags
8188 */
8189void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8190 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
8191 gfp_t gfp);
8192
8193/**
8194 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
8195 * @wdev: wireless device
8196 * @cookie: the requested cookie
8197 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
8198 * @gfp: allocation flags
8199 */
8200void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8201 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
8202
8203/**
8204 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
8205 *
8206 * @sinfo: the station information
8207 * @gfp: allocation flags
8208 */
8209int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8210
8211/**
8212 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
8213 * @sinfo: the station information
8214 *
8215 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
8216 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
8217 * the stack.)
8218 */
8219static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
8220{
8221 kfree(sinfo->pertid);
8222}
8223
8224/**
8225 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
8226 *
8227 * @dev: the netdev
8228 * @mac_addr: the station's address
8229 * @sinfo: the station information
8230 * @gfp: allocation flags
8231 */
8232void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8233 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8234
8235/**
8236 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
8237 * @dev: the netdev
8238 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
8239 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
8240 * @gfp: allocation flags
8241 */
8242void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8243 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8244
8245/**
8246 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
8247 *
8248 * @dev: the netdev
8249 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
8250 * @gfp: allocation flags
8251 */
8252static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
8253 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
8254{
8255 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
8256}
8257
8258/**
8259 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
8260 *
8261 * @dev: the netdev
8262 * @mac_addr: the station's address
8263 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
8264 * @gfp: allocation flags
8265 *
8266 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
8267 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
8268 * for some reasons, this function is called.
8269 *
8270 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
8271 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
8272 */
8273void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8274 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
8275 gfp_t gfp);
8276
8277/**
8278 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
8279 *
8280 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
8281 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8282 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
8283 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
8284 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on
8285 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8286 * @len: length of the frame data
8287 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8288 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
8289 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
8290 */
8291struct cfg80211_rx_info {
8292 int freq;
8293 int sig_dbm;
8294 bool have_link_id;
8295 u8 link_id;
8296 const u8 *buf;
8297 size_t len;
8298 u32 flags;
8299 u64 rx_tstamp;
8300 u64 ack_tstamp;
8301};
8302
8303/**
8304 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
8305 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8306 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
8307 *
8308 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8309 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8310 *
8311 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8312 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8313 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8314 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8315 */
8316bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8317 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
8318
8319/**
8320 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
8321 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8322 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
8323 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8324 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8325 * @len: length of the frame data
8326 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8327 *
8328 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8329 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8330 *
8331 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8332 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8333 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8334 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8335 */
8336static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
8337 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
8338 u32 flags)
8339{
8340 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
8341 .freq = freq,
8342 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
8343 .buf = buf,
8344 .len = len,
8345 .flags = flags
8346 };
8347
8348 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
8349}
8350
8351/**
8352 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
8353 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8354 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
8355 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8356 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8357 * @len: length of the frame data
8358 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8359 *
8360 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8361 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8362 *
8363 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8364 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8365 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8366 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8367 */
8368static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
8369 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
8370 u32 flags)
8371{
8372 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
8373 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
8374 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
8375 .buf = buf,
8376 .len = len,
8377 .flags = flags
8378 };
8379
8380 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
8381}
8382
8383/**
8384 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
8385 *
8386 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
8387 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
8388 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
8389 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8390 * @len: length of the frame data
8391 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8392 */
8393struct cfg80211_tx_status {
8394 u64 cookie;
8395 u64 tx_tstamp;
8396 u64 ack_tstamp;
8397 const u8 *buf;
8398 size_t len;
8399 bool ack;
8400};
8401
8402/**
8403 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
8404 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8405 * @status: TX status data
8406 * @gfp: context flags
8407 *
8408 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
8409 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
8410 * transmission attempt with extended info.
8411 */
8412void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8413 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
8414
8415/**
8416 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
8417 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8418 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
8419 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8420 * @len: length of the frame data
8421 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8422 * @gfp: context flags
8423 *
8424 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
8425 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
8426 * transmission attempt.
8427 */
8428static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8429 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
8430 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
8431{
8432 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
8433 .cookie = cookie,
8434 .buf = buf,
8435 .len = len,
8436 .ack = ack
8437 };
8438
8439 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
8440}
8441
8442/**
8443 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
8444 * port frames
8445 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8446 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
8447 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
8448 * @len: length of the frame data
8449 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8450 * @gfp: context flags
8451 *
8452 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
8453 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
8454 * the transmission attempt.
8455 */
8456void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8457 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
8458 gfp_t gfp);
8459
8460/**
8461 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
8462 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8463 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
8464 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
8465 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
8466 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
8467 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
8468 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
8469 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown
8470 *
8471 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
8472 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
8473 * control port frames over nl80211.
8474 *
8475 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
8476 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
8477 *
8478 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
8479 */
8480bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
8481 bool unencrypted, int link_id);
8482
8483/**
8484 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
8485 * @dev: network device
8486 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
8487 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
8488 * @gfp: context flags
8489 *
8490 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
8491 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
8492 */
8493void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8494 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
8495 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
8496
8497/**
8498 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
8499 * @dev: network device
8500 * @peer: peer's MAC address
8501 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
8502 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
8503 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
8504 * @gfp: context flags
8505 */
8506void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8507 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
8508
8509/**
8510 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
8511 * @dev: network device
8512 * @peer: peer's MAC address
8513 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
8514 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
8515 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
8516 * @gfp: context flags
8517 *
8518 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
8519 * given interval is exceeded.
8520 */
8521void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
8522 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
8523
8524/**
8525 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
8526 * @dev: network device
8527 * @gfp: context flags
8528 *
8529 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
8530 */
8531void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
8532
8533/**
8534 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
8535 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8536 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
8537 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
8538 * @gfp: context flags
8539 *
8540 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
8541 */
8542void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8543 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8544 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
8545
8546static inline void
8547cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8548 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8549 gfp_t gfp)
8550{
8551 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
8552}
8553
8554static inline void
8555cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8556 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8557 gfp_t gfp)
8558{
8559 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
8560}
8561
8562/**
8563 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
8564 * @dev: network device
8565 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
8566 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
8567 * @gfp: context flags
8568 *
8569 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
8570 * frame.
8571 */
8572void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
8573 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
8574 gfp_t gfp);
8575
8576/**
8577 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
8578 * @netdev: network device
8579 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
8580 * @event: type of event
8581 * @gfp: context flags
8582 *
8583 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
8584 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
8585 * also by full-MAC drivers.
8586 */
8587void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
8588 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8589 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
8590
8591/**
8592 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
8593 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8594 *
8595 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
8596 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
8597 */
8598void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
8599
8600/**
8601 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
8602 * @dev: network device
8603 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
8604 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
8605 * @gfp: allocation flags
8606 */
8607void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8608 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
8609
8610/**
8611 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
8612 * @dev: network device
8613 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
8614 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
8615 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
8616 * @gfp: allocation flags
8617 */
8618void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
8619 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
8620
8621/**
8622 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
8623 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8624 * @addr: the transmitter address
8625 * @gfp: context flags
8626 *
8627 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
8628 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
8629 * sender.
8630 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
8631 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
8632 */
8633bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
8634 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
8635
8636/**
8637 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
8638 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8639 * @addr: the transmitter address
8640 * @gfp: context flags
8641 *
8642 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
8643 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
8644 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
8645 * station to avoid event flooding.
8646 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
8647 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
8648 */
8649bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
8650 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
8651
8652/**
8653 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
8654 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
8655 * @addr: the address of the peer
8656 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
8657 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
8658 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
8659 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
8660 * @gfp: allocation flags
8661 */
8662void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
8663 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
8664 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
8665
8666/**
8667 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
8668 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
8669 * @frame: the frame
8670 * @len: length of the frame
8671 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
8672 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8673 *
8674 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
8675 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
8676 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
8677 */
8678void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
8679 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
8680
8681/**
8682 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
8683 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
8684 * @frame: the frame
8685 * @len: length of the frame
8686 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
8687 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8688 *
8689 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
8690 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
8691 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
8692 */
8693static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8694 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
8695 int freq, int sig_dbm)
8696{
8697 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
8698 sig_dbm);
8699}
8700
8701/**
8702 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
8703 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8704 * @chandef: the channel definition
8705 * @iftype: interface type
8706 *
8707 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
8708 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
8709 */
8710bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8711 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8712 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
8713
8714/**
8715 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
8716 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8717 * @chandef: the channel definition
8718 * @iftype: interface type
8719 *
8720 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
8721 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
8722 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
8723 * more permissive conditions.
8724 *
8725 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
8726 */
8727bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8728 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8729 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
8730
8731/*
8732 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
8733 * @dev: the device which switched channels
8734 * @chandef: the new channel definition
8735 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
8736 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap
8737 *
8738 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable
8739 * driver context!
8740 */
8741void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8742 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8743 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap);
8744
8745/*
8746 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
8747 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
8748 * @chandef: the future channel definition
8749 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
8750 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
8751 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
8752 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap
8753 *
8754 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
8755 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
8756 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
8757 */
8758void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8759 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8760 unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
8761 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap);
8762
8763/**
8764 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
8765 *
8766 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
8767 * @band: band pointer to fill
8768 *
8769 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
8770 */
8771bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
8772 enum nl80211_band *band);
8773
8774/**
8775 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
8776 *
8777 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
8778 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
8779 *
8780 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
8781 */
8782bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8783 u8 *op_class);
8784
8785/**
8786 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
8787 *
8788 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
8789 *
8790 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
8791 */
8792static inline u32
8793ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
8794{
8795 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
8796}
8797
8798/*
8799 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
8800 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
8801 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
8802 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
8803 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
8804 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
8805 * @gfp: allocation flags
8806 *
8807 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
8808 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
8809 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
8810 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
8811 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
8812 */
8813void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
8814 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
8815 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
8816
8817/*
8818 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
8819 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
8820 *
8821 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
8822 */
8823u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
8824
8825/**
8826 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
8827 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
8828 *
8829 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
8830 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
8831 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
8832 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
8833 * is unbound from the driver.
8834 *
8835 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
8836 */
8837void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
8838
8839/**
8840 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
8841 * @dev: the netdev to register
8842 *
8843 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
8844 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
8845 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
8846 * instead as well.
8847 *
8848 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
8849 */
8850int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
8851
8852/**
8853 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
8854 * @dev: the netdev to register
8855 *
8856 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
8857 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
8858 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
8859 * usable instead as well.
8860 *
8861 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
8862 */
8863static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
8864{
8865#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
8866 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
8867#endif
8868}
8869
8870/**
8871 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
8872 * @ies: FT IEs
8873 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
8874 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
8875 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
8876 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
8877 */
8878struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
8879 const u8 *ies;
8880 size_t ies_len;
8881 const u8 *target_ap;
8882 const u8 *ric_ies;
8883 size_t ric_ies_len;
8884};
8885
8886/**
8887 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
8888 * @netdev: network device
8889 * @ft_event: IE information
8890 */
8891void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
8892 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
8893
8894/**
8895 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
8896 * @ies: the input IE buffer
8897 * @len: the input length
8898 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
8899 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
8900 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
8901 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
8902 *
8903 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
8904 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
8905 *
8906 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
8907 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
8908 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
8909 */
8910int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
8911 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
8912 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
8913
8914/**
8915 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
8916 * @ies: the IE buffer
8917 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
8918 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
8919 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
8920 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
8921 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
8922 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
8923 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
8924 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
8925 *
8926 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
8927 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
8928 * split.
8929 *
8930 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
8931 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
8932 *
8933 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
8934 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
8935 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
8936 *
8937 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
8938 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
8939 * of the buffer should be used.
8940 */
8941size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
8942 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
8943 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
8944 size_t offset);
8945
8946/**
8947 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
8948 * @ies: the IE buffer
8949 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
8950 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
8951 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
8952 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
8953 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
8954 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
8955 *
8956 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
8957 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
8958 * split.
8959 *
8960 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
8961 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
8962 *
8963 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
8964 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
8965 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
8966 *
8967 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
8968 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
8969 * of the buffer should be used.
8970 */
8971static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
8972 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
8973{
8974 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
8975}
8976
8977/**
8978 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb
8979 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to
8980 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment
8981 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments
8982 *
8983 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation
8984 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size
8985 * accordingly.
8986 */
8987void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id);
8988
8989/**
8990 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
8991 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
8992 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
8993 * @gfp: allocation flags
8994 *
8995 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
8996 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
8997 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
8998 * else caused the wakeup.
8999 */
9000void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9001 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
9002 gfp_t gfp);
9003
9004/**
9005 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
9006 *
9007 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
9008 * @gfp: allocation flags
9009 *
9010 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
9011 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
9012 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
9013 */
9014void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
9015
9016/**
9017 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
9018 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9019 *
9020 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
9021 */
9022unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9023
9024/**
9025 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
9026 *
9027 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9028 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
9029 *
9030 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
9031 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
9032 * the interface combinations.
9033 */
9034int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9035 struct iface_combination_params *params);
9036
9037/**
9038 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
9039 *
9040 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9041 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
9042 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
9043 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
9044 *
9045 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
9046 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
9047 * purposes.
9048 */
9049int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9050 struct iface_combination_params *params,
9051 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
9052 void *data),
9053 void *data);
9054
9055/*
9056 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
9057 *
9058 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9059 * @wdev: wireless device
9060 * @gfp: context flags
9061 *
9062 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
9063 * disconnected.
9064 *
9065 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
9066 */
9067void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9068 gfp_t gfp);
9069
9070/**
9071 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
9072 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
9073 *
9074 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
9075 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
9076 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
9077 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
9078 *
9079 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
9080 * the driver while the function is running.
9081 */
9082void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9083
9084/**
9085 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
9086 *
9087 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
9088 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
9089 *
9090 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
9091 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
9092 */
9093static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9094 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
9095{
9096 u8 *ft_byte;
9097
9098 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
9099 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
9100}
9101
9102/**
9103 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
9104 *
9105 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
9106 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
9107 *
9108 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
9109 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
9110 */
9111static inline bool
9112wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9113 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
9114{
9115 u8 ft_byte;
9116
9117 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
9118 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
9119}
9120
9121/**
9122 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
9123 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
9124 *
9125 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
9126 */
9127void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
9128
9129/**
9130 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
9131 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
9132 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
9133 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
9134 * result.
9135 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
9136 * @inst_id: the local instance id
9137 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
9138 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
9139 * @info_len: the length of the &info
9140 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
9141 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
9142 */
9143struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
9144 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
9145 u8 inst_id;
9146 u8 peer_inst_id;
9147 const u8 *addr;
9148 u8 info_len;
9149 const u8 *info;
9150 u64 cookie;
9151};
9152
9153/**
9154 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
9155 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
9156 * @match: match notification parameters
9157 * @gfp: allocation flags
9158 *
9159 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
9160 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
9161 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
9162 */
9163void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9164 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
9165
9166/**
9167 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
9168 *
9169 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
9170 * @inst_id: the local instance id
9171 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
9172 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
9173 * @gfp: allocation flags
9174 *
9175 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
9176 */
9177void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9178 u8 inst_id,
9179 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
9180 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
9181
9182/* ethtool helper */
9183void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
9184
9185/**
9186 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
9187 * @netdev: network device
9188 * @params: External authentication parameters
9189 * @gfp: allocation flags
9190 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
9191 */
9192int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
9193 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
9194 gfp_t gfp);
9195
9196/**
9197 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
9198 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
9199 * @req: the original measurement request
9200 * @result: the result data
9201 * @gfp: allocation flags
9202 */
9203void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9204 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
9205 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
9206 gfp_t gfp);
9207
9208/**
9209 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
9210 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
9211 * @req: the original measurement request
9212 * @gfp: allocation flags
9213 *
9214 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
9215 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
9216 */
9217void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9218 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
9219 gfp_t gfp);
9220
9221/**
9222 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
9223 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9224 * @iftype: interface type
9225 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
9226 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
9227 *
9228 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
9229 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
9230 * check_swif is '1'.
9231 */
9232bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
9233 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
9234
9235
9236/**
9237 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
9238 * temporarily rejected with a comeback
9239 * @netdev: network device
9240 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association
9241 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
9242 *
9243 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
9244 */
9245void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
9246 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
9247
9248/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
9249
9250/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
9251
9252#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
9253 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9254#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9255 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9256#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
9257 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9258#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
9259 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9260#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
9261 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9262#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
9263 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9264#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
9265 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9266#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
9267 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9268#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \
9269 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9270
9271#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
9272 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9273#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
9274 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9275
9276#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
9277 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
9278
9279#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9280 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9281
9282#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
9283#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
9284#else
9285#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9286({ \
9287 if (0) \
9288 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
9289 0; \
9290})
9291#endif
9292
9293/*
9294 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
9295 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
9296 * file/line information and a backtrace.
9297 */
9298#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
9299 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
9300
9301/**
9302 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
9303 * @netdev: network device
9304 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
9305 * @gfp: allocation flags
9306 */
9307void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
9308 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
9309 gfp_t gfp);
9310
9311/**
9312 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
9313 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9314 */
9315void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9316
9317/**
9318 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
9319 * @dev: network device
9320 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
9321 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
9322 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
9323 */
9324int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9325 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
9326 u64 color_bitmap);
9327
9328/**
9329 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
9330 * @dev: network device
9331 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
9332 */
9333static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9334 u64 color_bitmap)
9335{
9336 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
9337 0, color_bitmap);
9338}
9339
9340/**
9341 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
9342 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
9343 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
9344 *
9345 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
9346 */
9347static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9348 u8 count)
9349{
9350 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
9351 count, 0);
9352}
9353
9354/**
9355 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
9356 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
9357 *
9358 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
9359 */
9360static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev)
9361{
9362 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
9363 0, 0);
9364}
9365
9366/**
9367 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
9368 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
9369 *
9370 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
9371 */
9372static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev)
9373{
9374 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev,
9375 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
9376 0, 0);
9377}
9378
9379/**
9380 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap
9381 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated
9382 * @chandef: channel definition
9383 *
9384 * Validate the puncturing bitmap.
9385 *
9386 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise.
9387 */
9388bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap,
9389 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
9390
9391/**
9392 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links.
9393 * @dev: network device.
9394 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs.
9395 *
9396 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to
9397 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link
9398 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this
9399 * case disconnect instead.
9400 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held.
9401 */
9402void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask);
9403
9404/**
9405 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed
9406 * @wdev: the wireless device to check
9407 *
9408 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory
9409 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not
9410 * hold anymore.
9411 */
9412void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
9413
9414#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS
9415/**
9416 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs
9417 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
9418 * @file: the file being read
9419 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from
9420 * @bufsize: size of the buffer
9421 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to
9422 * @count: read count
9423 * @ppos: read position
9424 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock)
9425 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler
9426 */
9427ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
9428 char *buf, size_t bufsize,
9429 char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
9430 loff_t *ppos,
9431 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9432 struct file *file,
9433 char *buf,
9434 size_t bufsize,
9435 void *data),
9436 void *data);
9437
9438/**
9439 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs
9440 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
9441 * @file: the file being written to
9442 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to
9443 * @bufsize: size of the buffer
9444 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from
9445 * @count: read count
9446 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock)
9447 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler
9448 */
9449ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
9450 char *buf, size_t bufsize,
9451 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
9452 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9453 struct file *file,
9454 char *buf,
9455 size_t count,
9456 void *data),
9457 void *data);
9458#endif
9459
9460#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */